EP3022180B1 - Uv absorbing compounds, compositions comprising same and uses thereof - Google Patents

Uv absorbing compounds, compositions comprising same and uses thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
EP3022180B1
EP3022180B1 EP14825938.5A EP14825938A EP3022180B1 EP 3022180 B1 EP3022180 B1 EP 3022180B1 EP 14825938 A EP14825938 A EP 14825938A EP 3022180 B1 EP3022180 B1 EP 3022180B1
Authority
EP
European Patent Office
Prior art keywords
dimethyl
mhz
preparation
compound
mmol
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Active
Application number
EP14825938.5A
Other languages
German (de)
French (fr)
Other versions
EP3022180A1 (en
EP3022180A4 (en
Inventor
Mark York
John Ryan
Gregory Paul SAVAGE
Adam Gerhard Meyer
Karen Jarvis
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Coral Sunscreen Pty Ltd
Original Assignee
Coral Sunscreen Pty Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from AU2013902607A external-priority patent/AU2013902607A0/en
Application filed by Coral Sunscreen Pty Ltd filed Critical Coral Sunscreen Pty Ltd
Publication of EP3022180A1 publication Critical patent/EP3022180A1/en
Publication of EP3022180A4 publication Critical patent/EP3022180A4/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of EP3022180B1 publication Critical patent/EP3022180B1/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D211/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D211/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D211/68—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member
    • C07D211/70—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K8/00—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
    • A61K8/18—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition
    • A61K8/30—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic compounds
    • A61K8/49—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic compounds containing heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K8/4906—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic compounds containing heterocyclic compounds with one nitrogen as the only hetero atom
    • A61K8/4926—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic compounds containing heterocyclic compounds with one nitrogen as the only hetero atom having six membered rings
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K8/00—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
    • A61K8/18—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition
    • A61K8/30—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic compounds
    • A61K8/49—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic compounds containing heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K8/494—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic compounds containing heterocyclic compounds with more than one nitrogen as the only hetero atom
    • A61K8/4946—Imidazoles or their condensed derivatives, e.g. benzimidazoles
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K8/00—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
    • A61K8/18—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition
    • A61K8/30—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic compounds
    • A61K8/58—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic compounds containing atoms other than carbon, hydrogen, halogen, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur or phosphorus
    • A61K8/585—Organosilicon compounds
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61Q—SPECIFIC USE OF COSMETICS OR SIMILAR TOILETRY PREPARATIONS
    • A61Q17/00—Barrier preparations; Preparations brought into direct contact with the skin for affording protection against external influences, e.g. sunlight, X-rays or other harmful rays, corrosive materials, bacteria or insect stings
    • A61Q17/04—Topical preparations for affording protection against sunlight or other radiation; Topical sun tanning preparations
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/18—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member
    • C07D207/20—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D211/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D211/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D211/68—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member
    • C07D211/72—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms, with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D211/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D211/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D211/68—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member
    • C07D211/72—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms, with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D211/78—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D211/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D211/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D211/80—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D211/84—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms, with at the most one bond to halogen directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D211/86—Oxygen atoms
    • C07D211/88—Oxygen atoms attached in positions 2 and 6, e.g. glutarimide
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D223/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing seven-membered rings having one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D223/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing seven-membered rings having one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D223/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing seven-membered rings having one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen atoms, halogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F7/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 4 or 14 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F7/02—Silicon compounds
    • C07F7/21—Cyclic compounds having at least one ring containing silicon, but no carbon in the ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08K—Use of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00—Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/16—Nitrogen-containing compounds
    • C08K5/34—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen in the ring
    • C08K5/3412—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen in the ring having one nitrogen atom in the ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08K—Use of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00—Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/16—Nitrogen-containing compounds
    • C08K5/34—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen in the ring
    • C08K5/3412—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen in the ring having one nitrogen atom in the ring
    • C08K5/3415—Five-membered rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08K—Use of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00—Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/16—Nitrogen-containing compounds
    • C08K5/34—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen in the ring
    • C08K5/3412—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen in the ring having one nitrogen atom in the ring
    • C08K5/3432—Six-membered rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08K—Use of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00—Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/16—Nitrogen-containing compounds
    • C08K5/34—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen in the ring
    • C08K5/3442—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen in the ring having two nitrogen atoms in the ring
    • C08K5/3445—Five-membered rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08K—Use of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00—Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/54—Silicon-containing compounds
    • C08K5/544—Silicon-containing compounds containing nitrogen
    • C08K5/5477—Silicon-containing compounds containing nitrogen containing nitrogen in a heterocyclic ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09D—COATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D5/00—Coating compositions, e.g. paints, varnishes or lacquers, characterised by their physical nature or the effects produced; Filling pastes
    • C09D5/32—Radiation-absorbing paints
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09D—COATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D7/00—Features of coating compositions, not provided for in group C09D5/00; Processes for incorporating ingredients in coating compositions
    • C09D7/40—Additives
    • C09D7/48—Stabilisers against degradation by oxygen, light or heat
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08K—Use of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00—Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/36—Sulfur-, selenium-, or tellurium-containing compounds
    • C08K5/41—Compounds containing sulfur bound to oxygen
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08K—Use of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00—Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/36—Sulfur-, selenium-, or tellurium-containing compounds
    • C08K5/43—Compounds containing sulfur bound to nitrogen
    • C08K5/435—Sulfonamides

Definitions

  • the invention relates to the field of ultraviolet light absorbing compounds. More particularly, this invention relates to ultraviolet light absorbing compounds, their synthesis and compositions comprising said compounds.
  • UV absorbing or screening compounds have found use in a range of applications where protection from the sun's harmful UV rays is desirable. This includes their use in glass and lense coating, paints and materials including fabrics as well as, perhaps most notably, in sun screen formulations to protect the skin of the user from damage caused by UV radiation.
  • UV radiation can be subdivided into three bands; UVA at 315 - 400 nm; UVB at 280 - 315 nm; and UVC at 100 - 280 nm.
  • UVC is almost completely absorbed by stratospheric ozone and so it is UVA and UVB that present the main risk to people and materials subjected to prolonged exposure.
  • MAA mycosporine-like amino acids
  • U.S. patent no. 5,637,718 (the 718 patent) describes a range of MAA analogues as UV absorbing compounds based on a cyclic enaminoketone core. While a number of these compounds showed useful absorption in the UVB range none of them showed a useful broad range of absorption extending into the UVA region. Indeed, all but two of the compounds synthesised demonstrated maximum absorption within a narrow band of 305 - 308 nm. This is largely as a result of the limited variance of substitutions around the cyclic enaminoketone core.
  • the simplest compounds disclosed in the 718 patent tend to have an absorbance maximum ( ⁇ max ) of 307 nm which can be attributed solely to the enaminoketone chromophore. This has not been modified to any real extent by the pattern and nature of substitutions presented in the 718 patent and so the value of the proposed compounds as even somewhat broad spectrum UV absorbing agents is minimal.
  • UV absorbing compounds with a greater range of variance in the absorbance maximum to provide a compound or suitable combination of compounds which may afford greater UV protection when formulated for use in a sunscreen composition, a coating composition, or the like.
  • the present inventors have postulated that substitution of a cyclic enaminoketone core with a range of groups which are likely to either affect the electron density of the enaminoketone or which will provide additional UV absorbance characteristics themselves will result in extending the absorbance maximum into the UVA range or at least provide a useful variance in absorbance.
  • composition comprising a compound described herein, or a salt thereof, and a suitable carrier.
  • a compound described herein, or a salt thereof as a UV absorbing compound in the formation of a UV protective ophthalmic lens or UV protective coating for glass or plastic.
  • a method of protecting a surface from UV rays including the step of applying a compound described herein, or a salt thereof, to the surface, wherein the surface is selected from the group consisting of a surface of a fabric, clothing material, plastic, timber, masonry and glass.
  • a compound of formula I or a salt thereof: wherein, the dashed line may represent a bond and X, if present, is one or two carbon atoms forming part of the ring structure;
  • the compound described herein is a non-naturally occurring compound.
  • the compound described herein is not a compound selected from the group consisting of:
  • Also disclosed, is a method of protecting a surface or tissue from UV rays including the step of applying a compound of the first aspect to the surface or tissue.
  • the present invention is predicated, at least in part, on the provision of a number of substituted cyclic enamine UV absorbing compounds.
  • the present compounds provide a wide variation in substitution pattern allowing access to a range of absorption capabilities which may prove useful as part of a UV absorbing or UV protective composition such as paint formulations, glass, protective films or sunscreen compositions.
  • a compound of formula I or a salt thereof: wherein, the dashed line may represent a bond and X, if present, is one or two carbon atoms forming part of the ring structure;
  • X is one carbon atom
  • X is one carbon atom
  • X is one carbon
  • R 1 and R 2 are methyl, ethyl or propyl
  • POSS is an acronym for a polyhedral oligomeric silsesquioxane being a cage-like structure of silicon and oxygen atoms. It can be used to increase the lipophilicity of a molecule.
  • alkyl means a straight-chain or branched alkyl substituent containing from, for example, 1 to about 12 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to about 9 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to about 6 carbon atoms, even more preferably from 1 to about 4 carbon atoms, still yet more preferably from 1 to 2 carbon atoms.
  • substituents include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec -butyl, isobutyl, tert -butyl, pentyl, isoamyl, hexyl, and the like.
  • the number of carbons referred to relates to the carbon backbone and carbon branching but does not include carbon atoms belonging to any substituents, for example the carbon atoms of an alkoxy substituent branching off the main carbon chain.
  • alkenyl means a linear alkenyl substituent containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond and from, for example, 2 to 6 carbon atoms (branched alkenyls are 3 to 6 carbons atoms), preferably from 2 to 5 carbon atoms (branched alkenyls are preferably from 3 to 5 carbon atoms), more preferably from 3 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • substituents include vinyl, propenyl, isopropenyl, n-butenyl, sec -butenyl, isobutenyl, tert -butenyl, pentenyl, isopentenyl, hexenyl, and the like.
  • alkynyl means a linear alkynyl substituent containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond and from, for example, 2 to 6 carbon atoms (branched alkynyls are 3 to 6 carbons atoms), preferably from 2 to 5 carbon atoms (branched alkynyls are preferably from 3 to 5 carbon atoms), more preferably from 3 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • substituents include ethynyl, propynyl, isopropynyl, n-butynyl, sec -butynyl, isobutynyl, tert-butynyl, pentynyl, isopentynyl, hexynyl, and the like.
  • cycloalkyl refers to optionally substituted saturated monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic carbon groups.
  • the cycloalkyl group may have a specified number of carbon atoms, for example, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl is a carbocyclic group having 3, 4, 5 or 6 carbon atoms.
  • Non-limiting examples may include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclohexadienyl and the like.
  • aryl refers to an unsubstituted or substituted aromatic carbocyclic substituent, as commonly understood in the art. It is understood that the term aryl applies to cyclic substituents that are planar and comprise 4n+2 ⁇ electrons, according to Huckel's Rule.
  • heteroaryl refers to an aryl group containing from one or more (particularly one to four) non-carbon atom(s) (particularly N, O or S) or a combination thereof, which heteroaryl group is optionally substituted at one or more carbon or nitrogen atom(s). Heteroaryl rings may also be fused with one or more cyclic hydrocarbon, heterocyclic, aryl, or heteroaryl rings.
  • Heteroaryl includes, but is not limited to, 5-membered heteroaryls having one hetero atom (e.g., thiophenes, pyrroles, furans); 5 membered heteroaryls having two heteroatoms in 1,2 or 1,3 positions (e.g., oxazoles, pyrazoles, imidazoles, thiazoles, purines); 5-membered heteroaryls having three heteroatoms (e.g., triazoles, thiadiazoles); 5-membered heteroaryls having 3 heteroatoms; 6-membered heteroaryls with one heteroatom (e.g., pyridine, quinoline, isoquinoline, phenanthrine, 5,6-cycloheptenopyridine); 6-membered heteroaryls with two heteroatoms (e.g., pyridazines, cinnolines, phthalazines, pyrazines, pyrimidines, quinazolines); 6-membered hereto
  • Heterocyclic or “heterocycle” refers to a non-aromatic ring having 5 to 7 atoms in the ring and of those atoms 1 to 4 are heteroatoms, said ring being isolated or fused to a second ring wherein said heteroatoms are independently selected from O, N and S.
  • Heterocyclic includes partially and fully saturated heterocyclic groups. Heterocyclic systems may be attached to another moiety via any number of carbon atoms or heteroatoms of the radical and may be both saturated and unsaturated.
  • heterocyclic examples include pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, pyranyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, pyrazolinyl, dithiolyl, oxathiolyl, dioxanyl, dioxinyl, oxazinyl, azepinyl, diazepinyl, thiazepinyl, oxepinyl and thiapinyl, imidazolinyl, thiomorpholinyl, and the like.
  • alkanoyl means alkanoyl groups of a straight or branched configuration and of the specified number of carbon atoms.
  • alkanoyl may be selected from acetyl, propionoyl, butyryl, isobutyryl, pentanoyl and hexanoyl.
  • a range of the number of atoms in a structure is indicated (e.g., a C 1 -C 20 , C 1 -C 12 , C 1 -C 10 , C 1 -C 9 , C 1 -C 6 , C 1 -C 4 , or C 2 -C 20 , C 2 -C 12 , C 2 -C 10 , C 2 -C 9 , C 2 -C 8 , C 2 -C 6 , C 2 -C 4 alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, etc.), it is specifically contemplated that any sub-range or individual number of carbon atoms falling within the indicated range also can be used.
  • the recitation of a range of 1-20 carbon atoms (e.g., C 1 -C 20 ), 1-12 carbon atoms (e.g., C 1 -C 12 ), 1-10 carbon atoms (e.g., C 1 -C 10 ), 1-9 carbon atoms (e.g., C 1 -C 9 ), 1-6 carbon atoms (e.g., C 1 -C 6 ), 1-4 carbon atoms (e.g., C 1 -C 4 ), 1-3 carbon atoms (e.g., C 1 -C 3 ), or 2-8 carbon atoms (e.g., C 2 -C 8 ) as used with respect to any chemical group (e.g., alkyl, alkanoyl, etc.) referenced herein encompasses and specifically describes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, and/or 12 carbon atoms, as appropriate, as well as any sub-range thereof (e.g., 1-2 carbon atoms
  • the compound of formula I is selected from the group consisting of:
  • the dashed line is not a bond and X is one carbon
  • compounds with one or more chiral centers, or exhibiting some form of isomerism are provided.
  • the compounds disclosed herein as UV absorbing agents may contain chiral centers, which may be either of the (R) or (S) configuration, or which may comprise a mixture thereof.
  • the present invention also includes stereoisomers of the compounds described herein, where applicable, either individually or admixed in any proportions.
  • Stereoisomers may include, but are not limited to, enantiomers, diastereomers, racemic mixtures, and combinations thereof.
  • Such stereoisomers can be prepared and separated using conventional techniques, either by reacting enantiomeric starting materials, or by separating isomers of compounds and prodrugs of the present invention.
  • Isomers may include geometric isomers.
  • geometric isomers include, but are not limited to, cis isomers or trans isomers across a double bond.
  • Other isomers are contemplated among the compounds of the present invention.
  • the isomers may be used either in pure form or in admixture with other isomers of the compounds described herein.
  • the absorbance maximum of an enaminoketone was proposed to be modified by coupling to an aromatic diketone which could potentially extend the absorbance into the UVA range. This was achieved by formation of an alkyl halide enaminoketone ( 4 ) which was then reacted, with the 1,3-aromatic diketone shown in scheme 2, in the presence of t-butylammonium fluoride (TBAF).
  • TBAF t-butylammonium fluoride
  • the UV absorbance of these compounds can be seen in Table 2.
  • Introduction of the t-butyl phenyl ( 11 ) or methoxy ( 12 ) substituted benzoyl groups of the 1,3-diketone used previously resulted in an advantageous shift in absorption of the enaminoketone compound towards the UVA region of approximately 11 nm.
  • Compound 13 exhibited double absorption maxima with ⁇ max values of 293 and 396 and a critical wavelength of 389 nm. This provides for absorption over a range unavailable to the simple enaminoketones of the 718 patent.
  • the position of the absorption maxima of this compound could also be optimised by modification of the substituents
  • the compounds prepared and their physical and UV absorption properties can be seen in Table 3.
  • the compound obtained on reaction with phenyl isocyanate 179 was an efficient UV absorber with an ⁇ value of almost 35000. N-methylation gave a slight increase in ⁇ max to 312nm.
  • a number of higher molecular weight compounds were synthesised from commercially available aryl diisocyanates. These generally had similar ⁇ max values to compound 179 but much higher ⁇ values due to the presence of a second chromophore.
  • the compound derived from reaction with 1,4-phenylene diisocyanate, 187 had a ⁇ max which was shifted upwards to 322nm.
  • the compounds derived from N -aryl enamines have higher ⁇ max values than the corresponding N-t -butyl enamine-based compounds whilst maintaining high ⁇ values.
  • Table 5 Novel UV absorbers prepared by acylation of N-t-Bu enamine Structure Mw ClogP ⁇ max (nm) ⁇ crit (nm) ⁇ E(1%,1cm) 500 9.01 307 322 54797 1095 360 7.16 305 (330 shoulder) 351 16425 456 301 4.99 313 329 26154 869 272 4.27 316 354 23556 866 313 4.66 309 385 19993 638 396 8961 286
  • bis(enaminone) compound 166 was a strongly absorbing high molecular compound with an ⁇ in excess of 54000 due to the presence of 2 chromophores.
  • Compound 170 was observed as an approximately 60:40 mixture of the ketone and enol forms. The enol form was thought to be responsible for the absorption maximum at 396 nm, resulting in a highly coloured compound.
  • the compound of formula I may be a compound of formula IIa or IIb:
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 5 are as previously described.
  • Y when present may be nitrogen, N-alkyl C 1 to C 18 alkyl optionally substituted with oxo, hydroxyl, alkoxy and halo and may be oxygen linked to the ring.
  • R 8 when present, may be selected from the group consisting of C 1 to C 6 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted, aryl, alkoxy, halo and amino.
  • benzoyl analogues of the general structure 14 would be of interest (Scheme 9). These were generally prepared by the enamine acylation process shown in Scheme 1. When the desired acid chloride was not commercially available it was prepared from the carboxylic acid as set out in the experimental. Attempts were also made to perform the activation of benzoic acids with the use of 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide) (EDCI), however, no product could be isolated, indicating a level of unpredictability with this reaction.
  • EDCI 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide
  • the majority of the compounds prepared resulted in an advantageous increase in the ⁇ max of the molecules from the value of 307 nm seen for the 'base' enamine compounds.
  • the exception to this being diketone 23 , which resulted in marked decreases in both ⁇ max (295 nm) and molar extinction coefficient (7500 M -1 cm -1 ), which still provides for a useful shift lower in the UVB range.
  • the largest shift in the position of the absorbance maxima was seen for N,N-dimethylamino compound 15 with a ⁇ max of 336 nm and a critical wavelength of 362 nm, which provides for an excellent extended scope of coverage.
  • bis(enaminone) 21 and tris(enaminone) 22 resulted in compounds with higher molecular weights and cLogP values.
  • Benzoyl compound 20 which could be viewed as a model for bis- and tris-(enaminone) derivatives, has an ⁇ of 19000 M -1 cm -1 which increases to only 20000 M -1 cm -1 on addition of a second cyclic enaminone core ( 21 ) and 33000 M -1 cm -1 on addition of a third cyclic enamine core ( 22 ).
  • the compound of formula I may be a compound of formula III:
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 5 are as previously described.
  • R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 and R 13 may be independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1 to C 6 alkyl substituted or unsubstituted, aryl, aroyl such as benzoyl, alkoxy, halo, amino and a further substituted cyclic enamine linked to the benzene ring of formula III by a carbonyl moiety.
  • R 10 and R 11 may be joined to form a cyclic aryl or heterocycle.
  • the majority of the compounds prepared resulted in an advantageous increase in the ⁇ max of the molecules from the value of around 307 nm seen for the base compounds.
  • the effect of substitution around the olefin group of these compounds was marked, with unsubstituted acryloyl compound 32 possessing a ⁇ max of 331 nm compared to 310 nm when a methyl group was added a or ⁇ ( 36 or 37 , respectively) or 2 groups added ⁇ ( 26 ) to the carbonyl group.
  • the compound of formula I is a compound of formula IV:
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 5 are as previously described.
  • R 14 , R 14 ' and R 15 when present, may be independently selected from the group consisting of amino, cyano, C 1 to C 6 alkyl substituted or unsubstituted, C 1 to C 6 alkenyl substituted or unsubstituted and aryl substituted or unsubstituted.
  • N -phenyl enamine 46 and N -(4-methoxyphenyl)enamine 51 possess very significant UV absorption values with maxima between 275 and 278 nm.
  • dihydropyridine 50 which was an unexpected product from an unsuccessful acylation reaction, shows significant absorption with a maximum at 285 nm.
  • N -phenyl compound 47 and N -(4-methoxyphenyl) compound 52 possess ⁇ max values of 321 nm and 328 nm, respectively, compared to 307 nm for the enaminoketone chromophore of the N -isobutyl substituted cyclic enaminone.
  • Acryloyl compounds 48 and 53 both possessed critical wavelengths above the required 370 nm level marking them as potential useful UV absorbing agents.
  • Bis( N -aryl-enaminone) compound 172 was a strongly absorbing high molecular weight compound with an ⁇ in excess of 52000 due to the presence of 2 chromophores. As expected, the presence of an N -aryl substituent gives compounds with a higher ⁇ max than the corresponding N -alkyl compound. The presence of either a p-methyl ( 176 ) or p-t -butyl ( 177 ) substituent provides a similar increase in ⁇ max . The use of the 1-naphthyl group gives a compound ( 178 ) that is almost identical to unsubstituted phenyl, in terms of ⁇ max and ⁇ values. The p -dimethylamino substituent gives a large increase in ⁇ max and a ⁇ crit value of 371nm.
  • Trifluoroacetic anhydride (TFAA) was tested for trifluoroacetylation of select N -aryl enamines to prove the concept.
  • the reaction proceeded cleanly and in high yield at room temperature in a fraction of the time required for acylation with even reactive acid chlorides.
  • enamine 48h gave the desired trifluoroacetylated analogue 194 in 85% yield after reaction at room temperature for 1 hour as shown in Scheme 17 below.
  • N -aryldihydropyridines were sufficiently reactive to react with TFAA.
  • the dihydropyridines enamines are typically less reactive than the corresponding tetrahydropyridine enamines.
  • dihydropyridine enamine 150 greater than 90% of the desired product 199 was isolated, as is indicated in Scheme 18 below.
  • the compound of formula I may be a compound of formula V:
  • R 3 is as previously described and R 5 is aryl substituted or unsubstituted and the dashed line may be a bond.
  • the aryl group is substituted with C 1 to C 6 alkyl, C 1 to C 6 alkoxy or halo.
  • the compound of formula I may be a compound of formula VI:
  • R 3 and R 5 are as previously described.
  • R 16 may be aryl, alkenyl, carboxy or alkanoyl, all of which groups may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • the polyhedral oligomeric silsesquioxane (POSS) group is a cage like structure of silicon and oxygen atoms (below). In addition to other properties, the POSS group generally renders any molecules attached to it insoluble in polar solvents and water.
  • Compound 63 is the free base of a POSS containing an analogue of the N -isobutyl substituted cyclic enamine. As can be seen, compound 63 shows useful levels of UV absorption.
  • Compounds 64 and 65 are decomposition products, which were isolated from the forced degradation of the N -isobutyl substituted cyclic enamine under thermal conditions. Whilst lactam 64 possesses only an absorbance with a maximum at 291 nm, the dihydropyridine 65 shows a highly advantageous absorbance with a maximum at 366 nm and a critical wavelength of 386 nm.
  • Compound 70 was an intermediate generated for the preparation of POSS derivative 63.
  • Compound 71 gives a modest increase in ⁇ max whilst maintaining the high molar extinction coefficient of the N -isobutyl substituted cyclic enamine.
  • Compound 71 may be useful in this regard, as it gives significant increases in molecular weight and cLogP.
  • Compound 72 was an attempt to replace the carbonyl group of the absorbers with a sulfonyl moiety. This change resulted in a significant downward change in both the ⁇ max , further into the UVB range, and ⁇ values. Table 13. UV absorption properties of miscellaneous compounds.
  • composition comprising a compound of formula I, IIa, IIb, III, IV, V or VI and a suitable carrier.
  • the composition is a sunscreen composition.
  • the sunscreen composition may contain dispersing agents, emulsifiers or thickening agents to assist in applying a uniform layer of the active compounds.
  • Suitable dispersing agents for the sunscreen formulations include those useful for dispersing organic UV absorbing agents in a water phase, oil phase, or part of an emulsion, including, for example, chitosan.
  • Emulsifiers may be used in the sunscreen composition to disperse one or more of the compounds or other components of the sunscreen composition.
  • Suitable emulsifiers include conventional agents such as, for example, ethoxylated alcohols (oleth-2, oleth-20 etc.), glycerol stearate, stearyl alcohol, cetyl alcohol, dimethicone copolyol phosphate, hexadecyl-D-glucoside, octadecyl-D-glucoside, cetearyl alcohol and dicetyl phosphate and ceteth-10-phosphate (Crodafos TM CES), one or more ethoxylated esters of natural derivatives, e.g.
  • polyethoxylated esters of hydrogenated castor oil or a silicone emulsifier such as silicone polyol; a free or ethoxylated fatty acid soap; an ethoxylated fatty alcohol; a free or ethoxylated sorbitan ester, an ethoxylated fatty acid; or an ethoxylated glyceride.
  • Emolients may be used in the sunscreen composition including cetyl esters, such as cetyl ethylhexanoate, isostearyl neopentanoate, diisopropyl sebacate, coconut oil and silicones.
  • cetyl esters such as cetyl ethylhexanoate, isostearyl neopentanoate, diisopropyl sebacate, coconut oil and silicones.
  • Humectants may be used including glycols such as propylene glycol and butylene glycol as well as glycerine.
  • Rheology modifiers such as various Carbopol ® acrylate polymeric compounds, alkyl acrylates as well as neutralisers and preservatives as are standard in the art.
  • Thickening agents may be used to increase the viscosity of the sunscreen composition. Suitable thickening agents include glyceryl stearate, carbomers, acrylate/acrylonitrile copolymers, xanthan gum and combinations of these.
  • the amount of thickener within the sunscreen composition, on a solids basis without water, may range from about 0.001 to about 5%, preferably from 0.01 to about 1% and optimally from about 0.1 to about 0.5% by weight.
  • Minor optional adjunct ingredients for the sunscreen composition may include preservatives, waterproofing agents, fragrances, anti-foam agents, plant extracts (Aloe vera, witch hazel, cucumber, etc) opacifiers, skin conditioning agents and colorants, each in amounts effective to accomplish their respective functions.
  • the sunscreen formulations may optionally contain an ingredient which enhances the waterproof properties such as, compounds that form a polymeric film, such as dimethicone copolyol phosphate, diisostearoyl trimethyolpropane siloxysilicate, chitosan, dimethicone, polyethylene, polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP), polyvinylpyrrolidone/vinylacetate, PVP/Eicosene copolymer and adipic acids/diethylene glycol/glycerine crosspolymer etc.
  • Waterproofing agents may be present at levels of from about 0.01 to about 10% by weight.
  • the sunscreen compositions can additionally contain one or more further UV-protective substances, e.g. triazines, 1,3-diketones, such as avobenzone, oxanilides, triazoles or amides containing vinyl groups or cinnamides.
  • further UV-protective substances e.g. triazines, 1,3-diketones, such as avobenzone, oxanilides, triazoles or amides containing vinyl groups or cinnamides.
  • Such protective substances are described, for example, in GB-A-2,286,774 or alternatively are known from Cosmetics & Toiletries (107), 50 et seq. (1992 ).
  • compositions may contain 0.1 to 15, preferably 0.5 to 10% by weight, based on the total weight of the composition, of a compound of the first aspect.
  • the compositions can be prepared by physical mixing of the compounds with the auxiliary by the usual methods, such as, for example, by simply stirring the individual components together.
  • the compositions can be formulated as a water-in-oil or oil-in-water emulsion, as an oil-in-alcohol lotion, as a vesicular dispersion of an ionic or non-ionic amphiphilic lipid, as a gel, solid stick or as an aerosol formulation.
  • any compatible auxiliary preferably contains 5 to 50% of an oil phase, 5 to 20% of an emulsifier and 30 to 90% of water.
  • the oil phase can in this case contain any oil suitable for cosmetic formulations, e.g. one or more hydrocarbon oils, a wax, a natural oil, a silicone oil, a fatty acid ester or a fatty alcohol.
  • Preferred mono- or polyols are ethanol, isopropanol, propylene glycol, hexylene glycol, glycerol and sorbitol.
  • the sunscreen composition may comprise more than one compound of formula I, IIa, IIb, III, IV, V or VI or a combination of a compound of formula I, IIa, IIb, III, IV, V or VI and a known UV absorbing sunscreen agent.
  • the composition is a coating composition, a plastics composition or a paint composition.
  • UV protective paint or general coating compositions can be useful in external applications such as in automotive paints, masonry and timber paints and UV protective compositions for boats and other marine applications.
  • the paint composition may contain a diluent or solvent such as water, petroleum distillate, an esters, a glycol ether, a binder or film forming component including include synthetic or natural resins such as alkyds, acrylics, vinyl-acrylics, vinyl acetate/ethylene (VAE), polyurethanes, polyesters, melamine resins, epoxy, or oils, and may comprise a pigment or dye to provide colouration and/or other optional additives such as catalysts, thickeners, stabilizers, emulsifiers, texturizers, adhesion promoters, UV stabilizers, flatteners (de-glossing agents), fungicides, flow control agents, surfactants, and rheology modifiers.
  • a diluent or solvent such as water, petroleum distillate, an esters, a glycol ether, a binder or film forming component including include synthetic or natural resins such as alkyds, acrylics, vinyl-acrylics, vinyl acetate/ethylene (VA
  • the composition may be a glass or plastic film-forming composition.
  • Such compositions may be useful in forming UV protective glass or plastic films useful to prevent UV damage to the enclosed material. They may be useful in forming or coating: automotive glass, architectural glass and plastics, such as PVC, used in similar applications.
  • the compositions may, in one embodiment, result in UV protective ophthalmic lenses including corrective contact lenses and eyeglasses. Such compositions are known in the art but have not comprised the compounds of the present invention to this point.
  • Also disclosed, is a method of protecting a surface or tissue from UV rays including the step of applying a compound of formula I, IIa, IIb, III, IV, V or VI to the surface or tissue.
  • the use or the method described herein has the compound as a component of a sunscreen composition.
  • the compound of formula I, IIa, IIb, III, IV, V or VI may be present in the sunscreen composition with a range of standard formulation agents including water, various emulsifiers, stabilisers and surfactants.
  • the use or the method described herein has the compound as a component of a coating composition.
  • the compound of formula I, IIa, IIb, III, IV, V or VI may be present in the coating composition with a range of standard formulation agents including, one or more the agents described above.
  • the coating composition may be a paint, staining, UV protective, tinting or polymeric matrix formulation wherein the compound of formula I, IIa, IIb, III, IV, V or VI provides UV protective or additional UV protective properties to the formulation.
  • the coating composition may be a paint formulation for the exterior of a building or for exposed timber structures.
  • the coating composition may also be a matrix coating for signage and the like which are exposed to the sun's rays for extended periods of time and which display information which it is desirable to protect from fading.
  • the use or the method described herein may employ the compound of formula I, IIa, IIb, III, IV, V or VI as a component of a UV protective glass and/or UV protective polymeric film.
  • the glass may be prepared in a manner standard in the industry.
  • the polymeric film may be chosen from a range of standard film materials such as polyolefin-based films.
  • the compounds of the present invention may be incorporated by cross-liking during film formation or may be associated with the film forming compounds, such as loosely held within the polymeric matrix.
  • the use or the method described herein may have the compound in or on an ophthalmic lenses.
  • This may be in terms of the UV absorbing compounds being cast in a lens formulation where the absorber is added to the bulk lens monomer prior to casting.
  • the UV absorbing compound may be included as part of a coating layer or via imbibition.
  • the lens may be a glass or plastic lens.
  • Plastic lenses may be tinted by dipping them in a heated soluble dye comprising the UV absorbing compounds. This dye penetrates a uniform distance into the lens surfaces, providing a tint of uniform colour and transmittance and incorporating the UV absorbing compound.
  • Glass lenses may be tinted by the addition of a chemical compound to the molten glass. The UV absorbing compound, if stable under those conditions, may be added in this process.
  • Some glass lenses are tinted by the application of a coating to one or both lens surfaces. These coatings consist of a thin layer of a coloured glass compound or a metal oxide that is applied using a vacuum deposition process.
  • the UV absorbing compounds of the invention may be incorporated during this standard process.
  • the UV absorbing compound may be co-polymerised with a lens forming monomer.
  • lens-forming monomers are known in the art and include both acrylic and silicone-containing monomers, among others.
  • Non-limiting examples of preferred lens-forming monomers are 2-phenylethyl methacrylate; 4-phenylbutyl methacrylate; 5-phenylpentyl methacrylate; 2-benzyloxyethyl methacrylate; and 3-benzyloxypropyl methacrylate; and corresponding acrylates thereof.
  • the present compounds may also be used in the formation of plastic materials whereby their presence within the plastics matrix, either in the sense of being captured therein or being chemically bonded to the plastics backbone, imparts UV protective properties.
  • a solution of Avobenzone (92 mg, 0.3 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was treated drop wise with a solution of tetra- N -butylammonium fluoride (1 M in THF, 300 ⁇ L, 0.3 mmol). Once addition was complete the mixture was stirred for 2 hours before addition of a solution of 6-bromo-1-(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)hexan-1-one 4 (102 mg, 0.3 mmol) in THF (3 mL). The mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 72 hours, diluted with water and the organic phase separated and dried with sodium sulfate.
  • Acid chlorides were prepared using one of two alternative methods.
  • the reaction mixture was then poured into water (10 mL), the layers separated, and the aqueous phase extracted further with DCM (2 x 10 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (2 x 10 mL), then dried with magnesium sulfate and concentrated in-vacuo.
  • the crude material was dissolved in methanol/DCM, filtered through a short column of silica, eluting with methanol. The filtrate was concentrated in-vacuo, then subjected to radial chromatography over silica gel twice eluting with 50-75% ethyl acetate : petroleum ether and 50% ethyl acetate : petroleum ether.
  • the material thus obtained was then purified by preparative thin layer chromatography eluting with 50% ethyl acetate : petroleum, ether.
  • the residue was dissolved in DCM (0.5 mL) and 2M HCl in ether (4 drops) added drop wise. Diethyl ether (5 mL) was then added and the solvent decanted leaving a yellow residue in the flask.
  • the residue was washed further with diethyl ether, then dissolved in DCM (1 mL) and treated with triethylamine (3 drops).
  • the solution was then washed with 5% NaCO 3 solution, the organic phase separated, dried with magnesium sulfate and evaporated in-vacuo to afford the title compound as a yellow oil (12 mg, 3%).
  • Example 19 Preparation of 1-(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)-3-methylbut-2-en-1-one, 26 and 1-(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl) -3-methylbut-3-en-1-one, 27
  • the aqueous layer was separated and extracted with diethyl ether (3 x 10 mL) and the combined organic layers washed with water (10 mL), dried with magnesium sulfate and concentrated in-vacuo to give a yellow oil.
  • the crude material was preadsorbed onto Celite and then chromatographed over Florisil, eluting with 0-100% DCM : heptane followed by 0-7.5% ethyl acetate : heptane to give the title compound as a yellow solid (117 mg, 87%).
  • Bis enamine, 50 was isolated from an unsuccessful acylation reaction as a yellow oil.
  • Lithium aluminium hydride (1 M solution in diethyl ether, 2.0 mL, 2.0 mmol) was added to diethyl ether (10 mL) and treating drop-wise with a solution of 1-isobutyl-4,4,6-trimethyl-3,4-dihydropyridin-2(1H)-one, 56a (0.65 g, 60% by wt, 2.0 mmol) in diethyl ether (10 mL). The mixture was then heated to reflux for 1 hour and the mixture then quenched by portion wise addition of sodium sulfate decahydrate (0.14 g, 4.2 mmol).
  • Example 50 Preparation of 1-(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin -2-yl)butan-2-one, 59 and 1-(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-2-yl)but-1-en-2-yl propionate, 60
  • Example 51 Preparation of 3-(3,5,7,9,11,13,15-Heptaisobutyl-2,4,6,8,10,12,14,16,18,20-dodecaoxa-1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15-octasilapentcyclo[9.5.1.1 3,9 .1 5,15 .1 7,13 ]icosan-1-yl)propyl 4-(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)-4-oxobutanoate, 63
  • the mixture was then treated with thionyl chloride (1.54 mL, 21.10 mmol) and stirred for 15 minutes before heating to 100°C for 10 min under microwave irradiation.
  • the reaction mixture was then diluted with CHCl 3 (30 mL), treated with potassium carbonate (9.72 g, 70.30 mmol), stirred for 15 minutes and then sufficient MeOH added to dissolve any remaining purple solid.
  • the mixture was then stirred for 18 hours, filtered through a pad of celite and evaporated in-vacuo to a black solid (4.9g).
  • the crude material was then purified by column chromatography over silica gel eluting with 0-10% diethyl ether : DCM. Evaporation of the eluents gave the title compound as a pale yellow solid (2.49 g, 68%).
  • the biphasic mixture was then stirred for 30 minutes, diluted with diethyl ether (30 mL) and water (30 mL) and the pH of the aqueous phase adjusted to 5-6 with sodium carbonate solution (10% w/w).
  • the mixture was then extracted with diethyl ether (2 x 30 mL).
  • the pH of the aqueous phase was then adjusted to 10 with sodium carbonate solution (10% w/w) and a further extraction with diethyl ether performed (2 x 30 mL).
  • the organic extracts were then combined, dried with magnesium sulfate and evaporated in-vacuo to give the title compound as a cream solid (0.90 g, 90 %).
  • Lithium aluminium hydride (1M solution in ether, 29.6 mL, 29.6 mmol) was added to ether (30 mL). The mixture was then treated dropwise with a solution of 1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydropyridin-2(1H)-one, 147a (5.36 g, 29.6 mmol) in ether (30 mL) at a rate sufficient to maintain a gentle reflux. The resulting milky suspension was then refluxed for a further 1 hour, heating discontinued and the mixture allowed to cool in the oil bath for 10 minutes before being quenched by addition of sodium sulfate decahydrate (2.02 g, 62.7 mmol).
  • Example 81 Preparation of 4,4-dimethyl-1-(naphthalen-1-yl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyridine, 148d Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyridine, 148a, as a pale yellow solid in 96% yield.
  • Example 87 Preparation of (1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-yl)(4-(dimethylamino)phenyl)methanone, 157 and (4-(tert-butoxy)phenyl)(1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin -3-yl)methanone, 158
  • Example 88 Preparation of 1,4-phenylenebis((1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)methanone), 159 and 4-(1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carbonyl)benzoic acid, 160
  • reaction mixture was then diluted with water (30 mL), extracted into MTBE (2 x 30 mL) and the combined organics washed with water (20 mL), dried with magnesium sulfate and evaporated in-vacuo to give the crude material as a yellow oil which was purified by column chromatography over silica gel, eluting with 0-20% ethyl acetate : petroleum ether. Evaporation of the eluents gave the title compound as cream solid (0.09 g, 84%), m.pt. 83-84°C.
  • 1-(5-(4,4-dimethylpyridin-1(4H)-yl)-1,3-dimethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-,2,2-trifluoroethanone, 200 was prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1-(1-(4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)-2,2,2-trifluoroethanone, 194, as a pale yellow solid in 39% yield.
  • Example 125 Preparation of (1-(4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)(9H-fluoren-9-yl)methanone, 205 and (1-(4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)(9H-fluoren-9-ylidene)methyl9H-fluorene-9-carboxylate, 206

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Birds (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Cosmetics (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
  • Paints Or Removers (AREA)
  • Hydrogenated Pyridines (AREA)

Description

    FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • The invention relates to the field of ultraviolet light absorbing compounds. More particularly, this invention relates to ultraviolet light absorbing compounds, their synthesis and compositions comprising said compounds.
    • BACKGROUND TO THE INVENTION
  • Any reference to background art herein is not to be construed as an admission that such art constitutes common general knowledge in Australia or elsewhere.
  • Ultraviolet light (UV) absorbing or screening compounds have found use in a range of applications where protection from the sun's harmful UV rays is desirable. This includes their use in glass and lense coating, paints and materials including fabrics as well as, perhaps most notably, in sun screen formulations to protect the skin of the user from damage caused by UV radiation.
  • UV radiation can be subdivided into three bands; UVA at 315 - 400 nm; UVB at 280 - 315 nm; and UVC at 100 - 280 nm. UVC is almost completely absorbed by stratospheric ozone and so it is UVA and UVB that present the main risk to people and materials subjected to prolonged exposure.
  • Amongst the most active natural UV absorbing compounds are the mycosporine-like amino acids (MAA's) examples of which are known with a peak absorption either in the UVA or UVB range and absorption coefficients comparable to those of synthetic sunscreens. There has therefore been considerable focus on the isolation and characterisation of naturally occurring MAA's as well as strong interest in the generation of active derivatives and analogues thereof.
  • U.S. patent no. 5,637,718 (the 718 patent) describes a range of MAA analogues as UV absorbing compounds based on a cyclic enaminoketone core. While a number of these compounds showed useful absorption in the UVB range none of them showed a useful broad range of absorption extending into the UVA region. Indeed, all but two of the compounds synthesised demonstrated maximum absorption within a narrow band of 305 - 308 nm. This is largely as a result of the limited variance of substitutions around the cyclic enaminoketone core. All but one of the compounds in the 718 patent are substituted on the ring nitrogen with only a simple alkyl chain or, in a single example, a cycloalkyl ring. Further, at the 6-position of the enaminoketone ring no substitutions were made at all. Only a single substitution with a methyl group was proposed at the 2-position of the enaminoketone ring and, again, it does not appear as if this compound was, in fact, synthesised. While some range of substitution was provided for at the 3-position, all compounds had a carbonyl group attached directly to the ring at this position and all but three of the proposed substitutions were with straight chain alkyls.
  • The simplest compounds disclosed in the 718 patent tend to have an absorbance maximum (λmax) of 307 nm which can be attributed solely to the enaminoketone chromophore. This has not been modified to any real extent by the pattern and nature of substitutions presented in the 718 patent and so the value of the proposed compounds as even somewhat broad spectrum UV absorbing agents is minimal.
  • It would therefore be desirable to provide for UV absorbing compounds with a greater range of variance in the absorbance maximum to provide a compound or suitable combination of compounds which may afford greater UV protection when formulated for use in a sunscreen composition, a coating composition, or the like.
    • SUMMARY OF INVENTION
  • The present inventors have postulated that substitution of a cyclic enaminoketone core with a range of groups which are likely to either affect the electron density of the enaminoketone or which will provide additional UV absorbance characteristics themselves will result in extending the absorbance maximum into the UVA range or at least provide a useful variance in absorbance.
  • According to a first aspect of the present invention, there is provided a compound of formula I, or a salt thereof:
    Figure imgb0001
     wherein X is one carbon;
    • R1 and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl and butyl;
    • R4, R6, R18 and R19 are hydrogen;
    • R3 is
      Figure imgb0002
    • wherein W is oxygen, and R7 is selected from the group consisting of
      Figure imgb0003
      Figure imgb0004
      Figure imgb0005
      Figure imgb0006
      Figure imgb0007
      Figure imgb0008
      Figure imgb0009
      Figure imgb0010
      Figure imgb0011
      Figure imgb0012
      Figure imgb0013
      Figure imgb0014
      Figure imgb0015
      Figure imgb0016
      Figure imgb0017
      Figure imgb0018
      Figure imgb0019
      Figure imgb0020
    • wherein * represents the carbon atom which is attached to the carbonyl carbon; and
    • R5 is
      Figure imgb0021
  • Also provided, is a compound of the formula V, or a salt thereof:
    Figure imgb0022
     wherein,
    • R3 is
      Figure imgb0023
       wherein W is oxygen and R7 is selected from the group consisting of C1 to C20 alkyl, C2 to C20 alkenyl, C2 to C20 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aroyl, C2 to C20 alkanone, C5 to C7 cycloalkyl, C4 to C7 cycloalkanone, C5 to C7 cycloalkenyl, C2 to C20 alkanoyl, C2 to C20 alkanoyloxy, C2 to C20 alkoxycarbonyl, C2 to C20 carbamoyl, C2 to C20 carboxyl, haloalkyl, N-alkyl, N-aryl, N-heterocyclyl, N-SO2-R20 and heterocyclic all of which groups may be substituted or unsubstituted and wherein R20 is selected from the group consisting of C1 to C6 alkyl and phenyl each of which may be substituted or unsubstituted; and
    • R5 is aryl substituted or unsubstituted.
  • Also provided, is a composition comprising a compound described herein, or a salt thereof, and a suitable carrier.
  • Also provided, is the use of a compound described herein, or a salt thereof, as a UV absorbing compound in the formation of a UV protective ophthalmic lens or UV protective coating for glass or plastic.
  • Also provided, is a compound described herein, or a salt thereof, for use in protecting a tissue from UV rays, optionally wherein the tissue is the skin of a mammal.
  • Also provided, is a method of protecting a surface from UV rays including the step of applying a compound described herein, or a salt thereof, to the surface, wherein the surface is selected from the group consisting of a surface of a fabric, clothing material, plastic, timber, masonry and glass.
  • Also disclosed, is a compound of formula I, or a salt thereof:
    Figure imgb0024
     wherein, the dashed line may represent a bond and X, if present, is one or two carbon atoms forming part of the ring structure;
    • R1 and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1 to C10 alkyl, C1 to C10 alkenyl and C1 to C10 alkoxy, each of which groups may be substituted or unsubstituted;
    • R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxyl, sulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C6 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C6 alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C6 alkoxy and
      Figure imgb0025
    • wherein W is sulphur or oxygen and R7 is selected from the group consisting of C1 to C20 alkyl, C2 to C20 alkenyl, C2 to C20 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aroyl, C2 to C20 alkanone, C5 to C7 cycloalkyl, C4 to C7 cycloalkanone, C5 to C7 cycloalkenyl, C2 to C20 alkanoyl, C2 to C20 alkanoyloxy, C2 to C20 alkoxycarbonyl, C2 to C20 carbamoyl, C2 to C20 carboxyl, haloalkyl, N-alkyl, N-aryl, N-heterocyclyl and heterocyclic all of which groups may be substituted or unsubstituted;
    • R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1 to C12 alkyl, C2 to C12 alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C5 to C7 cycloalkyl, C5 to C7 cycloalkenyl, C1 to C12 alkanoyl, C1 to C12 alkanoyloxy, C1 to C12 carboalkoxy and C1 to C12 alkanone all of which groups may be substituted or unsubstituted;
    • R5 is selected from the group consisting of C1 to C12 alkyl, C2 to C12 alkenyl, C2 to C12 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C5 to C9 cycloalkyl, C5 to C7 cycloalkenyl, C2 to C9 alkanoyl, C1 to C12 alkanoyloxy and carbamoyl all of which groups may be substituted or unsubstituted;
    • R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, oxo, substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C6 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C2 to C6 alkenyl and substituted or unsubstituted C2 to C6 alkanoyl;
    • R18 and R19 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1 to C6 alkyl, C1 to C6 alkenyl and C1 to C6 alkoxy, each of which groups may be substituted or unsubstituted,
    • with the proviso that when R5 is alkyl or cycloalkyl and the dashed line is not a bond and R4 is hydrogen then R7 is not an unsubstituted alkyl chain, an ester or an ether; and
    • when R5 is unsubstituted benzyl then R7 is not hexyl.
  • Also disclosed, the compound described herein is a non-naturally occurring compound.
  • Also disclosed, the compound described herein is not a compound selected from the group consisting of:
    Figure imgb0026
    Figure imgb0027
  • Also disclosed, is the use of a compound of formula I, or a salt thereof, as a UV absorbing compound.
  • Also disclosed, is a method of protecting a surface or tissue from UV rays including the step of applying a compound of the first aspect to the surface or tissue.
  • The various features and embodiments of the present invention, referred to in individual sections above apply, as appropriate, to other sections, mutatis mutandis. Consequently features specified in one section may be combined with features specified in other sections as appropriate.
  • Further features and advantages of the present invention will become apparent from the following detailed description.
    • DETAILED DESCRIPTION
  • The invention is defined by the claims. Any subject matter falling outside the scope of the claims is provided for information purposes only. Any references in the description to methods for treatment of the human or animal body by therapy refer to the compounds and compositions of the present invention for use in the methods for treatment of the human or animal body by therapy.
  • The present invention is predicated, at least in part, on the provision of a number of substituted cyclic enamine UV absorbing compounds. The present compounds provide a wide variation in substitution pattern allowing access to a range of absorption capabilities which may prove useful as part of a UV absorbing or UV protective composition such as paint formulations, glass, protective films or sunscreen compositions.
  • Disclosed herein, is a compound of formula I, or a salt thereof:
    Figure imgb0028
     wherein, the dashed line may represent a bond and X, if present, is one or two carbon atoms forming part of the ring structure;
    • R1 and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1 to C10 alkyl, C1 to C10 alkenyl and C1 to C10 alkoxy, each of which groups may be substituted or unsubstituted;
    • R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxyl, sulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C6 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C6 alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C6 alkoxy and
      Figure imgb0029
       wherein W is sulphur or oxygen and R7 is selected from the group consisting of C1 to C20 alkyl, C2 to C20 alkenyl, C2 to C20 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aroyl, C2 to C20 alkanone, C5 to C7 cycloalkyl, C4 to C7 cycloalkanone, C5 to C7 cycloalkenyl, C2 to C20 alkanoyl, C2 to C20 alkanoyloxy, C2 to C20 alkoxycarbonyl, C2 to C20 carbamoyl, C2 to C20 carboxyl, haloalkyl, N-alkyl, N-aryl, N-heterocyclyl, N-SO2-R20 and heterocyclic all of which groups may be substituted or unsubstituted and wherein R20 is selected from the group consisting of C1 to C6 alkyl and phenyl each of which may be substituted or unsubstituted;
    • R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1 to C12 alkyl, C2 to C12 alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C5 to C7 cycloalkyl, C5 to C7 cycloalkenyl, C1 to C12 alkanoyl, C1 to C12 alkanoyloxy, C1 to C12 carboalkoxy and C1 to C12 alkanone all of which groups may be substituted or unsubstituted;
    • R5 is selected from the group consisting of C1 to C12 alkyl, C2 to C12 alkenyl, C2 to C12 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C5 to C9 cycloalkyl, C5 to C7 cycloalkenyl, C2 to C9 alkanoyl, C2 to C9 alkanoyloxy and carbamoyl all of which groups may be substituted or unsubstituted;
    • R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, oxo, substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C6 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C2 to C6 alkenyl and substituted or unsubstituted C2 to C6 alkanoyl; and
    • R18 and R19 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1 to C6 alkyl, C1 to C6 alkenyl and C1 to C6 alkoxy, each of which groups may be substituted or unsubstituted,
    • with the proviso that when R5 is alkyl or cycloalkyl and the dashed line is not a bond and R4 is hydrogen then R7 is not an unsubstituted alkyl chain, an ester or an ether; and
    • when R5 is unsubstituted benzyl then R7 is not hexyl.
  • In certain embodiments, X is one carbon atom;
    • R1 and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of C1 to C6 alkyl, C1 to C6 alkenyl and C1 to C6 alkoxy, each of which groups may be substituted or unsubstituted;
    • R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, sulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C6 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C6 alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C6 alkoxy, and
      Figure imgb0030
    • wherein W is sulphur or oxygen and R7 is selected from the group consisting of C1 to C6 alkyl, trihaloalkyl, C2 to C6 alkenyl, C2 to C6 alkynyl, aryl, aroyl, C2 to C12 alkanone, C2 to C9 alkanoyl, C2 to C9 alkanoyloxy, C2 to C9 alkoxycarbonyl, C2 to C6 carboxyl, C1 to C6 haloalkyl, C4 to C7 cycloalkanone, N-C1 to C6 alkyl, N- C5 to C7 aryl, N-C5 to C7 heterocycly, N-SO2-R20 and C5 or C6 heterocyclic all of which groups may be substituted or unsubstituted and wherein R20 is selected from the group consisting of C1 to C6 alkyl and phenyl each of which may be substituted or unsubstituted;
    • R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1 to C6 alkyl, C2 to C6 alkenyl, phenyl, heteroaryl, C6 cycloalkyl, C1 to C12 alkanoyl, C1 to C9 alkanoyloxy, C1 to C9 carboalkoxy and C1 to C6 alkanone all of which groups may be substituted or unsubstituted;
    • R5 is selected from the group consisting of C1 to C6 alkyl, C2 to C6 alkenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, C6 cycloalkyl, C2 to C6 alkanoyl and C2 to C6 alkanoyloxy all of which groups may be substituted or unsubstituted;
    • R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, oxo and substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C6 alkyl; and
    • R18 and R19 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1 to C6 alkyl, each of which groups may be substituted or unsubstituted
    • with the proviso that when R5 is alkyl or cycloalkyl and the dashed line is not a bond and R4 is hydrogen then R7 is not an unsubstituted alkyl chain, an ester or an ether.
  • In certain embodiments, X is one carbon atom;
    • R1 and R2 are independently selected from C1 to C4 alkyl substituted or unsubstituted;
    • R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, arylsulfonyl and
      Figure imgb0031
       wherein W is sulphur or oxygen and R7 is selected from the group consisting of C1 to C4 alkyl, trifluoro substituted C1 to C4 alkyl, C2 to C6 alkenyl, phenyl, phenylheterocyclic, alkylbenzoyl, phenyl substituted alkanone, C2 to C9 alkanoyloxy, C2 to C9 alkoxycarbonyl, C2 to C4 carboxyl, C5 or C6 heterocyclic, N- C1 to C6 alkyl, N- C6 aryl, N-SO2-R20, POSS substituted alkanoyloxy and POSS substituted carboalkoxy all of which groups may be substituted or unsubstituted and wherein R20 is selected from the group consisting of C1 to C6 alkyl and phenyl each of which may be substituted or unsubstituted;
    • R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1 to C6 alkyl, C2 to C6 alkenyl, phenyl, C6 cycloalkyl, C1 to C12 alkanoyl and C1 to C12 alkanoyloxy all of which groups may be substituted or unsubstituted;
    • R5 is selected from the group consisting of C1 to C6 alkyl, phenyl, naphtyl and C6 cycloalkyl all of which groups may be substituted or unsubstituted;
    • R6 is hydrogen or oxo; and
    • R18 and R19 are hydrogen,
    • with the proviso that when R5 is alkyl or cycloalkyl and the dashed line is not a bond and R4 is hydrogen then R7 is not an unsubstituted alkyl chain, an ester or an ether.
  • In combination with any of the above described embodiments, X is one carbon, R1 and R2 are methyl, ethyl or propyl;
    • R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, benzenesulfonyl and
      Figure imgb0032
       wherein W is sulphur or oxygen and R7 is selected from the group consisting of
      Figure imgb0033
      Figure imgb0034
      Figure imgb0035
      Figure imgb0036
      Figure imgb0037
      Figure imgb0038
      Figure imgb0039
      Figure imgb0040
      Figure imgb0041
      Figure imgb0042
      Figure imgb0043
      Figure imgb0044
      Figure imgb0045
      Figure imgb0046
      Figure imgb0047
      Figure imgb0048
      Figure imgb0049
       wherein * represents the carbon atom which is attached to the carbonyl carbon;
    • R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, phenyl, butan-2-one and but-1-ene-2-yl propionate;
    • R5 is selected from the group consisting of ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, phenyl and phenyl substituted with C1 to C3 alkoxy;
    • R6 is hydrogen or oxo; and
    • R18 and R19 are hydrogen,
    • with the proviso that when R5 is alkyl and the dashed line is not a bond and R4 is hydrogen then R7 is not an unsubstituted alkyl chain, an ester or an ether.
  • POSS is an acronym for a polyhedral oligomeric silsesquioxane being a cage-like structure of silicon and oxygen atoms. It can be used to increase the lipophilicity of a molecule.
  • Referring now to terminology used generically herein, the term "alkyl" means a straight-chain or branched alkyl substituent containing from, for example, 1 to about 12 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to about 9 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to about 6 carbon atoms, even more preferably from 1 to about 4 carbon atoms, still yet more preferably from 1 to 2 carbon atoms. Examples of such substituents include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, isoamyl, hexyl, and the like. The number of carbons referred to relates to the carbon backbone and carbon branching but does not include carbon atoms belonging to any substituents, for example the carbon atoms of an alkoxy substituent branching off the main carbon chain.
  • The term "alkenyl," as used herein, means a linear alkenyl substituent containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond and from, for example, 2 to 6 carbon atoms (branched alkenyls are 3 to 6 carbons atoms), preferably from 2 to 5 carbon atoms (branched alkenyls are preferably from 3 to 5 carbon atoms), more preferably from 3 to 4 carbon atoms. Examples of such substituents include vinyl, propenyl, isopropenyl, n-butenyl, sec-butenyl, isobutenyl, tert-butenyl, pentenyl, isopentenyl, hexenyl, and the like.
  • The term "alkynyl," as used herein, means a linear alkynyl substituent containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond and from, for example, 2 to 6 carbon atoms (branched alkynyls are 3 to 6 carbons atoms), preferably from 2 to 5 carbon atoms (branched alkynyls are preferably from 3 to 5 carbon atoms), more preferably from 3 to 4 carbon atoms. Examples of such substituents include ethynyl, propynyl, isopropynyl, n-butynyl, sec-butynyl, isobutynyl, tert-butynyl, pentynyl, isopentynyl, hexynyl, and the like.
  • The term "cycloalkyl" refers to optionally substituted saturated monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic carbon groups. Where appropriate, the cycloalkyl group may have a specified number of carbon atoms, for example, C3-C6 cycloalkyl is a carbocyclic group having 3, 4, 5 or 6 carbon atoms. Non-limiting examples may include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclohexadienyl and the like.
  • The term "aryl" refers to an unsubstituted or substituted aromatic carbocyclic substituent, as commonly understood in the art. It is understood that the term aryl applies to cyclic substituents that are planar and comprise 4n+2 π electrons, according to Huckel's Rule.
  • The term "heteroaryl" refers to an aryl group containing from one or more (particularly one to four) non-carbon atom(s) (particularly N, O or S) or a combination thereof, which heteroaryl group is optionally substituted at one or more carbon or nitrogen atom(s). Heteroaryl rings may also be fused with one or more cyclic hydrocarbon, heterocyclic, aryl, or heteroaryl rings. Heteroaryl includes, but is not limited to, 5-membered heteroaryls having one hetero atom (e.g., thiophenes, pyrroles, furans); 5 membered heteroaryls having two heteroatoms in 1,2 or 1,3 positions (e.g., oxazoles, pyrazoles, imidazoles, thiazoles, purines); 5-membered heteroaryls having three heteroatoms (e.g., triazoles, thiadiazoles); 5-membered heteroaryls having 3 heteroatoms; 6-membered heteroaryls with one heteroatom (e.g., pyridine, quinoline, isoquinoline, phenanthrine, 5,6-cycloheptenopyridine); 6-membered heteroaryls with two heteroatoms (e.g., pyridazines, cinnolines, phthalazines, pyrazines, pyrimidines, quinazolines); 6-membered heretoaryls with three heteroatoms (e.g., 1,3,5- triazine); and 6-membered heteroaryls with four heteroatoms. "Substituted heteroaryl" means a heteroaryl having one or more non-interfering groups as substituents.
  • "Heterocyclic" or "heterocycle" refers to a non-aromatic ring having 5 to 7 atoms in the ring and of those atoms 1 to 4 are heteroatoms, said ring being isolated or fused to a second ring wherein said heteroatoms are independently selected from O, N and S. Heterocyclic includes partially and fully saturated heterocyclic groups. Heterocyclic systems may be attached to another moiety via any number of carbon atoms or heteroatoms of the radical and may be both saturated and unsaturated. Non-limiting examples of heterocyclic include pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, pyranyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, pyrazolinyl, dithiolyl, oxathiolyl, dioxanyl, dioxinyl, oxazinyl, azepinyl, diazepinyl, thiazepinyl, oxepinyl and thiapinyl, imidazolinyl, thiomorpholinyl, and the like.
  • "Alkanoyl" means alkanoyl groups of a straight or branched configuration and of the specified number of carbon atoms. By way of non-limiting example, alkanoyl may be selected from acetyl, propionoyl, butyryl, isobutyryl, pentanoyl and hexanoyl.
  • Whenever a range of the number of atoms in a structure is indicated (e.g., a C1-C20, C1-C12, C1-C10, C1-C9, C1-C6, C1-C4, or C2-C20, C2-C12, C2-C10, C2-C9, C2-C8, C2-C6, C2-C4 alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, etc.), it is specifically contemplated that any sub-range or individual number of carbon atoms falling within the indicated range also can be used. Thus, for instance, the recitation of a range of 1-20 carbon atoms (e.g., C1-C20), 1-12 carbon atoms (e.g., C1-C12), 1-10 carbon atoms (e.g., C1-C10), 1-9 carbon atoms (e.g., C1-C9), 1-6 carbon atoms (e.g., C1-C6), 1-4 carbon atoms (e.g., C1-C4), 1-3 carbon atoms (e.g., C1-C3), or 2-8 carbon atoms (e.g., C2-C8) as used with respect to any chemical group (e.g., alkyl, alkanoyl, etc.) referenced herein encompasses and specifically describes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, and/or 12 carbon atoms, as appropriate, as well as any sub-range thereof (e.g., 1-2 carbon atoms, 1-3 carbon atoms, 1-4 carbon atoms, 1-5 carbon atoms, 1-6 carbon atoms, 1-7 carbon atoms, 1-8 carbon atoms, 1-9 carbon atoms, 1-10 carbon atoms, 1-11 carbon atoms, 1-12 carbon atoms, 2-3 carbon atoms, 2-4 carbon atoms, 2-5 carbon atoms, 2-6 carbon atoms, 2-7 carbon atoms, 2-8 carbon atoms, 2-9 carbon atoms, 2-10 carbon atoms, 2-11 carbon atoms, 2-12 carbon atoms, 3-4 carbon atoms, 3-5 carbon atoms, 3-6 carbon atoms, 3-7 carbon atoms, 3-8 carbon atoms, 3-9 carbon atoms, 3-10 carbon atoms, 3-11 carbon atoms, 3-12 carbon atoms, 4-5 carbon atoms, 4-6 carbon atoms, 4-7 carbon atoms, 4-8 carbon atoms, 4-9 carbon atoms, 4-10 carbon atoms, 4-11 carbon atoms, and/or 4-12 carbon atoms, etc., as appropriate).
  • In one embodiment, the compound of formula I is selected from the group consisting of:
    Figure imgb0050
    Figure imgb0051
    Figure imgb0052
    Figure imgb0053
    Figure imgb0054
    Figure imgb0055
  • In one embodiment of the compound of formula I, the dashed line is not a bond and X is one carbon;
    • R1 and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl and butyl;
    • R4, R6, R18 and R19 are hydrogen;
    • R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, benzenesulfonyl and
      Figure imgb0056
       wherein W is sulphur or oxygen, preferably oxygen, and R7 is selected from the group consisting of
      Figure imgb0057
      Figure imgb0058
      Figure imgb0059
      Figure imgb0060
      Figure imgb0061
      Figure imgb0062
      Figure imgb0063
      Figure imgb0064
      Figure imgb0065
      Figure imgb0066
      Figure imgb0067
      Figure imgb0068
      Figure imgb0069
      Figure imgb0070
      Figure imgb0071
      Figure imgb0072
      Figure imgb0073
       wherein * represents the carbon atom which is attached to the carbonyl carbon; and
    • R5 is selected from the group consisting of
      Figure imgb0074
      Figure imgb0075
       with the proviso that when R5 is alkyl then R7 is not an unsubstituted alkyl chain, an ester or an ether.
  • In some embodiments, compounds with one or more chiral centers, or exhibiting some form of isomerism, are provided. The compounds disclosed herein as UV absorbing agents may contain chiral centers, which may be either of the (R) or (S) configuration, or which may comprise a mixture thereof. Accordingly, the present invention also includes stereoisomers of the compounds described herein, where applicable, either individually or admixed in any proportions. Stereoisomers may include, but are not limited to, enantiomers, diastereomers, racemic mixtures, and combinations thereof. Such stereoisomers can be prepared and separated using conventional techniques, either by reacting enantiomeric starting materials, or by separating isomers of compounds and prodrugs of the present invention. Isomers may include geometric isomers. Examples of geometric isomers include, but are not limited to, cis isomers or trans isomers across a double bond. Other isomers are contemplated among the compounds of the present invention. The isomers may be used either in pure form or in admixture with other isomers of the compounds described herein.
    • Compound Synthesis and Strategy
  • A general approach to deliver cyclic enaminoketones in large scale quantities has been developed by the applicant and is shown in Scheme 1 below:
    Figure imgb0076
  • This approach allowed access to a wide range of cyclic enaminoketones with varying substituents. Modifications of the scheme and use of the intermediates to access a variety of products provides for a means to tailor the final product in terms of lipophilicity and absorbance maximum. By way of example, a wide range of amines could be employed at the second step to give a range of alkyl, alkenyl, aryl etc. groups on the ring opened compound. This means that the N-linked isobutyl group in Scheme 1 could be replaced with, for example tert-butyl, aryl, substituted ary and the like in a convenient manner.
    • Diketone coupling
  • The absorbance maximum of an enaminoketone was proposed to be modified by coupling to an aromatic diketone which could potentially extend the absorbance into the UVA range. This was achieved by formation of an alkyl halide enaminoketone (4) which was then reacted, with the 1,3-aromatic diketone shown in scheme 2, in the presence of t-butylammonium fluoride (TBAF).
    Figure imgb0077
  • Examination of the UV absorbing properties of 5 showed a single significant maximum in the UV range at 306 nm due to the enaminoketone chromophore. The alkylation of the central carbon of a 1,3-diketone may minimize the formation of the enol tautomers which are believed to be required for UVA absorbance.
  • To provide alternative compounds a strategy was used involving coupling of a complete 1,3-diketone moiety to a suitably functionalised enaminoketone (Scheme 3). In this way, alkenyl enaminoketone derivative 8 and arylbromide functionalised 1,3-diketone 9 were synthesised and coupled under palladium catalysis to give covalently linked compound 10. Compound 10 was isolated as a mixture of double bond isomers (confirmed by 1H NMR and LC-MS which demonstrated multiple closely running peaks with the same mass).
    Figure imgb0078
  • Compound 10 was found to possess advantageous UV absorption characteristics with a double maxima in the UV range - one relating to the enaminoketone chromophore at 314 nm and a second at 357 nm as a result of the benzophenone chromophore (Table 1). This proves that the enaminoketone core can be modified via coupling to extend to broad spectrum coverage. A further advantage of compound 10 is in the higher cLogP value. The UV absorption of intermediate 8 is also presented in Table 1. Table 1: UV absorption properties of covalently coupled compounds.
    Structure Mw cLog P λmax (nm) λcrit (nm) ε M-1 cm-1 E (1%, 1cm)
    Figure imgb0079
         		574 8.1 306 ND ND ND
    Figure imgb0080
         		249 3.4 308 ND 35000 1417
    Figure imgb0081
         		634 9 314 375 23250 366
    357 24050 379
    • Variation at the enaminoketone carbonyl
  • Compounds 11 and 12 were synthesised which combined either the left or right hand sides of the 1,3-diketone used in the previous covalent coupling experiments with the cyclic enaminoketone core (Scheme 4). Yields were somewhat lower than those generally seen when acylating the cyclic enamine with an alkyl acyl chloride due, at least in part, to the lower electrophilicity of the benzoyl acid chlorides. Furthermore, as the benzyl acid chlorides lack an a proton they are unable to form more reactive ketene intermediates. Compound 13 which incorporates both the familiar cyclic enamine and the 1,3-diketone moiety was produced via a similar pathway although it was necessary to synthesise the acyl chloride from the corresponding commercially available ester (Scheme 4).
    Figure imgb0082
  • The UV absorbance of these compounds can be seen in Table 2. Introduction of the t-butyl phenyl (11) or methoxy (12) substituted benzoyl groups of the 1,3-diketone used previously resulted in an advantageous shift in absorption of the enaminoketone compound towards the UVA region of approximately 11 nm. Compound 13 exhibited double absorption maxima with λmax values of 293 and 396 and a critical wavelength of 389 nm. This provides for absorption over a range unavailable to the simple enaminoketones of the 718 patent. The position of the absorption maxima of this compound could also be optimised by modification of the substituents
  • In compounds where it was desirable to have an amido linkage at the R3 position, such as those non-limiting examples shown below:
    Figure imgb0083
     then the group can be formed via reaction with an isocyanate reactant as opposed to the acid chloride approach already described. The starting isocyanates are cheap and readily available and it has been found that the compounds above are highly absorbing colourless solids and therefore potentially useful as UV absorbing agents in formulations such as sunscreen formulations. Therefore, in one embodiment, the R3 moiety is introduced by reaction of an isocyanate with the appropriate core. Table 2: UV absorption properties of compounds 11-13.
    Structure Mw cLog P λmax (nm) λcrit (nm) ε M-1 cm-1 E (1%, 1cm)
    Figure imgb0084
         		327 5.7 317 ND 19000 581
    Figure imgb0085
         		301 3.9 319 ND ND ND
    Figure imgb0086
         		343 3.5 293 389 14250 415
    396 11150 324
  • Further, representative reactions between isocyanates and a representative N-substituted enamine are shown below in Scheme 5.
    Figure imgb0087
  • A number of specific isocyanate reactions are shown below in Scheme 6.
    Figure imgb0088
  • A number of reactions were also carried out on this template using isothiocyanates as shown in Scheme 7.
    Figure imgb0089
  • The compounds prepared and their physical and UV absorption properties can be seen in Table 3. The compound obtained on reaction with phenyl isocyanate 179 was an efficient UV absorber with an ε value of almost 35000. N-methylation gave a slight increase in λmax to 312nm. A number of higher molecular weight compounds were synthesised from commercially available aryl diisocyanates. These generally had similar λmax values to compound 179 but much higher ε values due to the presence of a second chromophore. The compound derived from reaction with 1,4-phenylene diisocyanate, 187, had a λmax which was shifted upwards to 322nm. This could be due to the effect of doubling effect of a para-nitrogen substituent on the parent chromophore 179 or the possibility of electron transfer through the whole of the 1,4-disubstituted phenyl system allowing "linking" of the two separate chromophores. Table 3: Compounds synthesised by reaction with isocyanates or isothiocyanates.
    Structure Mw ClogP λmax(nm) λcrit (nm) ε E(1%,1cm)
    Figure imgb0090
         		286 4.76 308 326 34834 1217
    Figure imgb0091
         		300 5.28 312 337 15174 506
    Figure imgb0092
         		502 7.07 289 314 31072 619
    Figure imgb0093
         		302 5.33 363 387 20881 691
    Figure imgb0094
         		282 4.77 288 312 22531 799
    Figure imgb0095
         		509 6.61 308 329 59763 1174
    Figure imgb0096
         		584 9.13 310 328 64589 1105
    Figure imgb0097
         		364 4.21 304 319 34588 950
    Figure imgb0098
         		494 7.06 322 346 71962 1456
    Figure imgb0099
         		494 7.06 313 328 55779 1129
  • Similar reactions using isocyanates could also be carried out on N-aryl enamine scaffolds although longer reaction times and/or heating was typically required to achieve product. Table 4 shows the N-aryl products of select isocyanate reactions along with their UV absorbing properties. Table 4: Compounds prepared by the reaction of N-aryl enamines with isocyanates.
    Structure Mw ClogP λmax(nm) λcrit (nm) ε E(1%,1cm)
    Figure imgb0100
         		542 7.68 314 340 51743 954
    Figure imgb0101
         		646 Can't calc 331 354 68095 1054
    Figure imgb0102
         		320 5.52 323 342 33948 1060
    Figure imgb0103
         		362 6.85 324 342 35759 987
  • As observed with the acid chloride-based systems, below, the compounds derived from N-aryl enamines have higher λmax values than the corresponding N-t-butyl enamine-based compounds whilst maintaining high ε values.
  • Acylation reactions using acid chlorides were carried out on t-butyl analogues as shown in Scheme 8, below.
    Figure imgb0104
  • It will be appreciated, again, that a variety of isocyanates, isothiocyanates and acid chlorides can potentially be used to achieve variation at the R3 position.
  • The compounds prepared and their physical and UV absorption properties can be seen in Table 5. Table 5: Novel UV absorbers prepared by acylation of N-t-Bu enamine
    Structure Mw ClogP λmax(nm) λcrit (nm) ε E(1%,1cm)
    Figure imgb0105
         		500 9.01 307 322 54797 1095
    Figure imgb0106
         		360 7.16 305 (330 shoulder) 351 16425 456
    Figure imgb0107
         		301 4.99 313 329 26154 869
    Figure imgb0108
         		272 4.27 316 354 23556 866
    Figure imgb0109
         		313 4.66 309 385 19993 638
    396 8961 286
  • As can be seen bis(enaminone) compound 166 was a strongly absorbing high molecular compound with an ε in excess of 54000 due to the presence of 2 chromophores. Compound 170 was observed as an approximately 60:40 mixture of the ketone and enol forms. The enol form was thought to be responsible for the absorption maximum at 396 nm, resulting in a highly coloured compound.
  • Thus, in one embodiment, the compound of formula I may be a compound of formula IIa or IIb:
    Figure imgb0110
  • Wherein R1, R2 and R5 are as previously described. Y, when present may be nitrogen, N-alkyl C1 to C18 alkyl optionally substituted with oxo, hydroxyl, alkoxy and halo and may be oxygen linked to the ring. R8, when present, may be selected from the group consisting of C1 to C6 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted, aryl, alkoxy, halo and amino.
    • Synthesis of benzoyl modified compounds
  • To further extend the upward shift in UV absorption maximum observed with compounds 11 and 12, it was postulated that benzoyl analogues of the general structure 14 would be of interest (Scheme 9). These were generally prepared by the enamine acylation process shown in Scheme 1. When the desired acid chloride was not commercially available it was prepared from the carboxylic acid as set out in the experimental. Attempts were also made to perform the activation of benzoic acids with the use of 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide) (EDCI), however, no product could be isolated, indicating a level of unpredictability with this reaction.
    Figure imgb0111
  • In the case of N,N- dimethylamino analogue 15, the corresponding electron rich benzoyl chloride presented a challenge in that it was insufficiently electrophilic to undergo reaction with the enamine under standard conditions. To overcome this problem, the related 4-bromo analogue, 16 was synthesised and a palladium catalysed amination reaction performed to give the desired compound (Scheme 10). The reaction shown in Scheme 11 was also performed using an analogue with the N-isobutyl group replaced by a N-tert-butyl group. This reaction is also outlined in Scheme 10.
    Figure imgb0112
  • Acylation of the cyclic enamine with 2-furoyl chloride 17 failed to deliver any product. The choice of acyl chloride must therefore be considered in terms of its electrophilicity and an appropriate synthetic approach selected on this basis.
    Figure imgb0113
  • Reaction of an N-tert-butyl enamine with terephthaloyl chloride is shown in Scheme 11, below. It was found that both the expected bis(enaminone)product and that derived from single acylation and hydrolysis were obtained in sufficient amounts to be isolated and tested.
    Figure imgb0114
  • The compounds prepared and their UV absorption properties can be seen in Table 6A and 6B indicating those compounds having an N-isobutyl and N-tert-butyl group, respectively. Table 6A. UV absorption properties of N-isobutyl-C3-benzoyl compounds.
    Structure Mw cLogP λmax(nm) λcrit (nm) ε M-1 cm-1 E (1%, 1cm)
    Figure imgb0115
         		315 4.3 336 362 17000 544
    Figure imgb0116
         		350 4.9 318 ND 22500 642
    Figure imgb0117
         		313 3.9 320 ND 22000 831
    Figure imgb0118
         		347 5.7 320 ND 18000 509
    Figure imgb0119
         		271 4.0 316 ND 19000 701
    Figure imgb0120
         		364 6.0 320 ND 20000 547
    Figure imgb0121
         		658 NDa 316 ND 33000 502
    Figure imgb0122
         		375 5.2 295 ND 7500 200
    Figure imgb0123
         		331 3.77 313 ND 9500 286
    a cLogP algorithm used could not calculate a value for compound.
    Table 6B. UV absorption properties of N-tert-butyl-compounds.
    Structure Mw ClogP λmax(nm) λcrit (nm) ε E(1%,1cm)
    Figure imgb0124
         		221 4.29 328 360 24907 1127
    Figure imgb0125
         		297 5.24 360 385 23198 781
    Figure imgb0126
         		350 6.32 317 347 27506 785
    Figure imgb0127
         		315 5.55 333 361 24966 793
    Figure imgb0128
         		343 6.53 317 344 32556 949
    Figure imgb0129
         		464 8.59 317 355 33982 732
    Figure imgb0130
         		315 5.39 317 353 17300 549
  • As can be seen, the majority of the compounds prepared resulted in an advantageous increase in the λmax of the molecules from the value of 307 nm seen for the 'base' enamine compounds. The exception to this being diketone 23, which resulted in marked decreases in both λmax (295 nm) and molar extinction coefficient (7500 M-1 cm-1), which still provides for a useful shift lower in the UVB range. The largest shift in the position of the absorbance maxima was seen for N,N-dimethylamino compound 15 with a λmax of 336 nm and a critical wavelength of 362 nm, which provides for an excellent extended scope of coverage.
  • The formation of bis(enaminone) 21 and tris(enaminone) 22 resulted in compounds with higher molecular weights and cLogP values. Benzoyl compound 20, which could be viewed as a model for bis- and tris-(enaminone) derivatives, has an ε of 19000 M-1 cm-1 which increases to only 20000 M-1 cm-1 on addition of a second cyclic enaminone core (21) and 33000 M-1 cm-1 on addition of a third cyclic enamine core (22).
  • As can be seen, in all cases the λmax and λcrit values are very similar for both N-t-butyl and N-isobutyl compounds. Interestingly, the strength of the absorption in the t-butyl analogues is significantly stronger than that seen for the related isobutyl analogue, resulting in higher values for the molar extinction coefficient (ε) and efficiency (E). Without wishing to be bound by any particular theory, this may be a result of the slightly greater electron donating ability of the t-butyl group. It is notable that the t-butyl analogues largely gave solids and so may be preferable due to the ease of working with a solid versus oils and the like which were often obtained with the isobutyl analogue.
  • Therefore, in one embodiment, the compound of formula I may be a compound of formula III:
    Figure imgb0131
  • Wherein, R1, R2 and R5 are as previously described. R9, R10, R11, R12 and R13 may be independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1 to C6 alkyl substituted or unsubstituted, aryl, aroyl such as benzoyl, alkoxy, halo, amino and a further substituted cyclic enamine linked to the benzene ring of formula III by a carbonyl moiety. R10 and R11 may be joined to form a cyclic aryl or heterocycle.
    • Synthesis of unsaturated compounds
  • As the benzoyl compounds of the general formula 14 gave interesting variations and, particularly, useful increases in absorption maxima into the UVA range, investigations were carried out using unsaturation adjacent to the carbonyl group of the chromophore. These were generally prepared by enamine acylation with the corresponding acid chloride (Scheme 12) to give compounds of the general structure 25.
    Figure imgb0132
  • In a number of cases where rearrangement was possible, a second olefin unit was found to have moved out of conjugation on work-up and purification of the acylation reactions. Thus 3,3-dimethylacryloyl chloride gave a mixture of expected product 26 and double-bond migrated product 27. In the case of Sorboyl chloride the doubly migrated product 28 was isolated. When but-2-enoyl chloride was used, the product isolated was that derived from double bond migration 29 (Scheme 13).
    Figure imgb0133
  • Under the standard acylation conditions a number of acid chlorides failed to give the desired products (Figure 1). As the product of acylation with cinnamoyl chloride 30 was of interest, alternative strategies for the provision of cinnamoyl derivatives were investigated.
    Figure imgb0134
     Figure 1. Acid chlorides which failed to react to the corresponding products 25.
  • Initial attempts to synthesise cinnamoyl derivative 31 focussed on a ruthenium-catalysed cross-metathesis process between acryloyl derivative 32 and styrene. However, under the conditions attempted no cross metathesis was observed (Scheme 14).
    Figure imgb0135
  • The reaction of compound 32 with aryl halides under palladium catalysis (the Heck reaction) gave the desired cinnamoyl derivatives in cases where the aryl halide was either electron poor or neutral. Electron rich aryl halides required the finding of an alternative catalyst system to generate the required products (Scheme 15). Vinyl halides were also successful coupling partners for this reaction with (2-bromovinyl)benzene giving the desired product 35, albeit as a mixture of cis and trans isomers. However, coupling with 4-iodopyrazole failed to yield any detectable amounts of the corresponding product 36. The unsaturated compounds prepared and their UV absorption properties can be seen in Table 7.
    Figure imgb0136
     Table 7: UV absorption properties of unsaturated compounds.
    Structure Mw cLog P λmax (nm) λcrit (nm) ε M-1 cm-1 E (1%, 1cm)
    Figure imgb0137
         		249 3.5 314 ND 19000 757
    Figure imgb0138
         		249 3.2 306 ND 14500 574
    Figure imgb0139
         		261 3.8 311 ND 27500 1053
    Figure imgb0140
         		235 3.3 310 ND 27000 1102
    Figure imgb0141
         		297 4.5 360 383 16000 533
    Figure imgb0142
         		221 2.9 330 363 20500 915
    Figure imgb0143
         		365 5.4 369 388 17000 463
    Figure imgb0144
         		327 4.3 364 386 16150 493
    Figure imgb0145
         		323 5.0 318 387 14800 458
    370 13200 409
    Figure imgb0146
         		235 3.3 310 ND 18950 806
    Figure imgb0147
         		247 3.4 352 381 18000 730
    Figure imgb0148
         		398 5.7 297 357 15750 366
    317 24050 379
  • The majority of the compounds prepared resulted in an advantageous increase in the λmax of the molecules from the value of around 307 nm seen for the base compounds. The effect of substitution around the olefin group of these compounds was marked, with unsubstituted acryloyl compound 32 possessing a λmax of 331 nm compared to 310 nm when a methyl group was added a or β (36 or 37, respectively) or 2 groups added β (26) to the carbonyl group. The addition of a second conjugatable group in conjugation with the first olefin either as an aromatic ring (31, 33-34) or a further olefin (35, 38) resulted in large upward shifts in λmax and concomitant shifts in the value of the critical wavelength above the target value of 370 nm. Compound 39 possesses an interesting double absorption with λmax values of 297 and 317 nm.
  • Therefore, in one embodiment, the compound of formula I is a compound of formula IV:
    Figure imgb0149
    Figure imgb0150
  • Wherein, R1, R2 and R5 are as previously described. R14, R14' and R15 , when present, may be independently selected from the group consisting of amino, cyano, C1 to C6 alkyl substituted or unsubstituted, C1 to C6 alkenyl substituted or unsubstituted and aryl substituted or unsubstituted.
    • Synthesis of N-aryl compounds
  • It was decided to attempt to increase both stability and the position of absorbance maxima by placing a phenyl ring on the ring nitrogen. The compounds were synthesised using a similar synthetic route to that shown in Scheme 1 (Scheme 16).
    Figure imgb0151
  • The reaction between 3,3-dimethylglutaric anhydride and an aniline or 4-methoxyaniline to give the corresponding compounds 41a or 41b and the subsequent cyclisation mediated by thionyl chloride to give the corresponding imides 42a or 42b proceeded well in > 90% yield for the two anilines used. The subsequent reduction to the corresponding enamides 43a or 43b could be performed adequately but did not give total conversion to the desired product. This may be solved by the use of alternative reducing agents, such as NaBH4. The final reduction to the corresponding enamines 44a or 44b was performed satisfactorily using LiAlH4. Once enamines 44a or 44b were in hand, they were acylated with acid chlorides to give the corresponding desired final products 45a or 45b. In the case of both alkyl and aryl acid chlorides, significant heating was required to perform the acylation process. In the case of the electron rich acid chloride 4-methoxybenzoyl chloride, no product could be isolated. Selected N-phenyl compounds prepared and their UV absorption properties can be seen in Tables 8a and 8b. Table 8a: UV absorption properties of N-phenyl compounds.
    Structure Mw cLogP λmax (nm) λcrit (nm) ε M-1 cm-1 E (1%, 1cm)
    Figure imgb0152
         		187 4.0 278 ND 22550 1205
    Figure imgb0153
         		243 3.7 321 349 23000 947
    Figure imgb0154
         		241 3.8 346 373 21000 874
    Figure imgb0155
         		370 5.7 338 366 23300 629
    Figure imgb0156
         		185 3.9 285 ND 16000 866
    Figure imgb0157
         		217 3.9 275 ND ND ND
    Figure imgb0158
         		273 3.6 328 350 23500 862
    Figure imgb0159
         		271 3.6 350 379 21500 794
    Figure imgb0160
         		338 4.9 341 369 19350 571
    Table 8b: UV absorption properties of N-phenyl compounds.
    Structure Mw ClogP λmax(nm) λcrit (nm) ε E (1%, 1cm)
    Figure imgb0161
         		327 3.82 332 358 30675 938
    Figure imgb0162
         		568 10.84 328 349 52737 928
    Figure imgb0163
         		351 5.28 339 362 26633 759
    Figure imgb0164
         		335 5.65 334 350 33786 1008
    Figure imgb0165
         		357 7.02 338 371 28040 785
    Figure imgb0166
         		257 4.71 327 348 34608 1347
    Figure imgb0167
         		299 6.04 329 348 31955 1069
    Figure imgb0168
         		293 5.38 321 346 23247 793
  • Both N-phenyl enamine 46 and N-(4-methoxyphenyl)enamine 51 possess very significant UV absorption values with maxima between 275 and 278 nm. Similarly, dihydropyridine 50, which was an unexpected product from an unsuccessful acylation reaction, shows significant absorption with a maximum at 285 nm.
  • The presence of a phenyl group as the nitrogen substituent gives compounds with absorbance maxima higher than the corresponding compounds with the N-isobutyl or other simple alkyl substituent. N-phenyl compound 47 and N-(4-methoxyphenyl) compound 52 possess λmax values of 321 nm and 328 nm, respectively, compared to 307 nm for the enaminoketone chromophore of the N-isobutyl substituted cyclic enaminone. Acryloyl compounds 48 and 53 both possessed critical wavelengths above the required 370 nm level marking them as potential useful UV absorbing agents.
  • Compounds possessing a benzoyl substituent showed useful extension of absorbance properties compared to the base enaminone with a critical wavelength of 366 nm for compound 49 and 369 nm for compound 54. As the precise test for critical wavelength was unable to be replicated exactly by the inventors due to the need for specialist equipment and a specific calibration of the spectrophotometer, these values are only approximate to a degree. Correlation with literature values of known absorbers indicates that the values obtained are within a few nm of the values obtained with the standardised test (Avobenzone is reported to have a critical wavelength of 380 nm and was measured at 378 nm by the present inventors). This information suggests that compound 49 and especially compound 54 may give a result of 370 nm or higher in the standardised test for critical wavelength. This represents a highly useful result and so, compounds based around this benzoyl substitution pattern shown, are especially preferred.
  • Bis(N-aryl-enaminone) compound 172 was a strongly absorbing high molecular weight compound with an ε in excess of 52000 due to the presence of 2 chromophores. As expected, the presence of an N-aryl substituent gives compounds with a higher λmax than the corresponding N-alkyl compound. The presence of either a p-methyl (176) or p-t-butyl (177) substituent provides a similar increase in λmax. The use of the 1-naphthyl group gives a compound (178) that is almost identical to unsubstituted phenyl, in terms of λmax and ε values. The p-dimethylamino substituent gives a large increase in λmax and a λcrit value of 371nm.
  • Trifluoroacetic anhydride (TFAA) was tested for trifluoroacetylation of select N-aryl enamines to prove the concept. The reaction proceeded cleanly and in high yield at room temperature in a fraction of the time required for acylation with even reactive acid chlorides. For example enamine 48h gave the desired trifluoroacetylated analogue 194 in 85% yield after reaction at room temperature for 1 hour as shown in Scheme 17 below.
    Figure imgb0169
  • The compounds prepared from reaction with N-aryl enamines and their UV absorption properties can be seen in Table 9. The introduction of the trifluoroacetyl group generally had the effect of producing a 10-16 nm increase in the λmax value of the compounds compared to their alkanoyl counterparts. In most cases the strength of the absorption was also improved with significant increases in the molar extinction coefficient. Table 9: C3-trifluoroacetylated N-aryl enamines.
    Structure Mw ClogP λmax(nm) λcrit (nm) ε E (1%, 1cm)
    Figure imgb0170
         		339 6.07 337 361 42723 1260
    Figure imgb0171
         		313 4.26 339 365 24235 774
    Figure imgb0172
         		326 4.41 354 385 32744 1004
    Figure imgb0173
         		297 4.74 337 361 43513 1465
    Figure imgb0174
         		333 5.41 325 348 32790 985
  • In some cases, N-aryldihydropyridines were sufficiently reactive to react with TFAA. The dihydropyridines enamines are typically less reactive than the corresponding tetrahydropyridine enamines. In the case of dihydropyridine enamine 150, greater than 90% of the desired product 199 was isolated, as is indicated in Scheme 18 below.
    Figure imgb0175
    Figure imgb0176
  • As is indicated in Scheme 19, on treatment with excess TFAA, hydroxyl tetrahydropyridine 151 was converted to dihydropyridine 152. On further reaction, the product 200 was isolated, whereby trifluoroacetylation of the pyrazole ring had occurred.
    Figure imgb0177
  • The compounds prepared from acylation reactions with dihydropyridines and their UV absorption properties can be seen in Table 10. Also included for completeness are the dihydropyridine enamines and, where isolated, the corresponding tetrahydropyridine enamines. Table 10: Bis and mono enamine compounds synthesised.
    Structure Mw ClogP λmax(nm) λcrit (nm) ε E(1%, 1cm)
    Figure imgb0178
         		201 5.02 278 321 20823 1036
    Figure imgb0179
         		199 4.66 283 317 31871 1601
    Figure imgb0180
         		295 4.36 388 393 14911 505
    Figure imgb0181
         		203 3.09 253 350 11371 560
    Figure imgb0182
         		299 3.55 253 315 weak shoulder 363 10016 335
    Figure imgb0183
         		186 3.22 305 327 18164 977
  • It was decided to test if the reactivity of this TFAA system could be utilised to allow acylation with groups other than trifluoroacetyl. With this in mind two commercially available carboxylic acids, 2,2-diphenylacetic acid orfluorene-9-carboxylic acid were stirred in DCM solution with TFAA to give the corresponding mixed trifluoroacetyl anhydrides 202 or 203 (Scheme 20).
    Figure imgb0184
  • When mixed anhydride 203 was reacted with 48h overnight at room temperature no trace of the starting enamine could be detected and 70% of the corresponding product 204 was isolated. Similarly, mixed anhydride 202 also gave the desired product 205, although in this case the reaction was complicated by the presence of the compound resulting from acylation of the product derived enol 206 (Scheme 21).
    Figure imgb0185
  • The compounds synthesised and their corresponding UV properties are shown in Table 11. Compound 204 had a λmax of 337nm but a somewhat weak ε value of approximately 18000. This may arise from the likelihood of achieving overlap of the 2 aromatic rings of the diphenylacetic acid unit. It was felt that such an overlap could be facilitated by the introduction of a conformational restraint such as the link between the two aromatic rings in 9-fluorene carboxylic acid. This proved to be the case with compound 205 which exhibited a similar λmaxvalue but greatly increased extinction coefficient. Table 11: Compounds prepared from mixed anhydrides.
    Structure Mw ClogP λmax(nm) λcrit(nm) ε E (1%, 1cm)
    Figure imgb0186
         		437 8.81 337 356 17793 407
    Figure imgb0187
         		435 8.78 339 358 30745 707
    Figure imgb0188
         		627 12.48 407 387 6635 105
  • Therefore, in one embodiment, the compound of formula I may be a compound of formula V:
    Figure imgb0189
  • Wherein, R3 is as previously described and R5 is aryl substituted or unsubstituted and the dashed line may be a bond. Preferably, the aryl group is substituted with C1 to C6 alkyl, C1 to C6 alkoxy or halo.
    • Synthesis of enamines substituted at the 2-position
  • In order to probe the effects of substituents on the 2-position of the tetrahydropyridine ring, the preparation of a number of analogues was contemplated. The performance of an intramolecular process via a suitably functionalised nitrogen substituent could be employed to achieve such compounds (Scheme 22). Such a material may possess enhanced stability relative to the parent molecule.
    Figure imgb0190
  • A route to the desired compounds was investigated based on the alkyl addition to imide 55 with an organometallic reagent to give, after elimination of water, intermediate 56. The resulting product of this process could then be carried through the synthesis to give 2-functionalised materials (Scheme 25). The synthesis of intermediates 56 was complicated by the presence of a competing deprotonation of 55 leading to generally poor yields and the need for extended reaction times and the use of excess organometallic reagents. When R was methyl, dehydration to 56a occurred spontaneously during acidic work-up. When R was phenyl, the dehydration to 56b required heating with toluene sulfonic acid to proceed to completion. Subsequent reduction or 56a or 56b with lithium aluminium hydride gave the corresponding enamines 57a or 57b in high yield, which were then acylated with propionyl chloride.
    Figure imgb0191
  • A number of alternative organometallic reagents were employed in the synthesis of 56 such as methyllithium, allylmagnesium chloride, vinylmagesium bromide, and ethylmagnesium bromide. However, in all cases, no significant amount of product could be isolated. Selected 2-substituted compounds prepared, and their UV absorption properties, can be seen in Table 12. The 2-methyl enamine (57a, R = Me) failed to react in the expected manner giving instead the product resulting from acylation at the 2-position (59, 24%) and a mixture of isomers of the product of further acylation (60, 15%). Table 12: UV absorption properties of 2-substituted compounds.
    Structure Mw cLogP λmax (nm) λcrit (nm) ε M-1 cm-1 E (1%, 1cm)
    Figure imgb0192
         		299 4.6 338 365 8000 268
    Figure imgb0193
         		237 2.5 314 ND 16000 675
    Figure imgb0194
         		293 3.3 323 344 20000 683
  • The presence of a phenyl group in the 2-position gave an absorber with a significant increase in the absorbance maximum with shifts seen from 307 nm for the N-isobutyl substituted cyclic enamine to 338 nm for compound 58. Unexpected products 59 and 60 both gave moderate increases in λmaxover that of the N-isobutyl substituted cyclic enamine. The results in Table 12 suggest that substitution at the 2-position can provide unexpected benefits in terms of modifying the UV absorbance maximum.
  • Therefore, in one embodiment, the compound of formula I may be a compound of formula VI:
    Figure imgb0195
  • Wherein, R3 and R5 are as previously described. R16 may be aryl, alkenyl, carboxy or alkanoyl, all of which groups may be substituted or unsubstituted.
    • Synthesis of miscellaneous substituted enamine compounds
  • A number of further compounds are presented in Table 13. As a high level of water solubility is not necessarily desirable in such applications as sunscreen agents, it was decided to make substitutions which would lower the water solubility. The polyhedral oligomeric silsesquioxane (POSS) group is a cage like structure of silicon and oxygen atoms (below). In addition to other properties, the POSS group generally renders any molecules attached to it insoluble in polar solvents and water. Compound 63 is the free base of a POSS containing an analogue of the N-isobutyl substituted cyclic enamine. As can be seen, compound 63 shows useful levels of UV absorption.
    Figure imgb0196
  • Compounds 64 and 65 are decomposition products, which were isolated from the forced degradation of the N-isobutyl substituted cyclic enamine under thermal conditions. Whilst lactam 64 possesses only an absorbance with a maximum at 291 nm, the dihydropyridine 65 shows a highly advantageous absorbance with a maximum at 366 nm and a critical wavelength of 386 nm.
  • Compound 70 was an intermediate generated for the preparation of POSS derivative 63. Compound 71 gives a modest increase in λmax whilst maintaining the high molar extinction coefficient of the N-isobutyl substituted cyclic enamine. Compound 71 may be useful in this regard, as it gives significant increases in molecular weight and cLogP. Compound 72 was an attempt to replace the carbonyl group of the absorbers with a sulfonyl moiety. This change resulted in a significant downward change in both the λmax, further into the UVB range, and ε values. Table 13. UV absorption properties of miscellaneous compounds.
    Structure Mw cLog P λmax (nm) λcrit (nm) ε M-1 cm-1 1 E (1%, 1cm)
    Figure imgb0197
         		1125 NDa 308 ND 21800 193
    Figure imgb0198
         		237 2.0 291 ND ND ND
    Figure imgb0199
         		221 3 366 386 8800 362
    Figure imgb0200
         		267 1.9 308 ND ND ND
    Figure imgb0201
         		362 5.8 314 ND 26000 716
    Figure imgb0202
         		307 3.3 285 ND 11000 359
    a The algorithm used to determine cLogP could not calculate a value for this molecule.
  • Also disclosed, is a composition comprising a compound of formula I, IIa, IIb, III, IV, V or VI and a suitable carrier.
  • In one embodiment, the composition is a sunscreen composition.
  • The sunscreen composition may contain dispersing agents, emulsifiers or thickening agents to assist in applying a uniform layer of the active compounds. Suitable dispersing agents for the sunscreen formulations include those useful for dispersing organic UV absorbing agents in a water phase, oil phase, or part of an emulsion, including, for example, chitosan.
  • Emulsifiers may be used in the sunscreen composition to disperse one or more of the compounds or other components of the sunscreen composition. Suitable emulsifiers include conventional agents such as, for example, ethoxylated alcohols (oleth-2, oleth-20 etc.), glycerol stearate, stearyl alcohol, cetyl alcohol, dimethicone copolyol phosphate, hexadecyl-D-glucoside, octadecyl-D-glucoside, cetearyl alcohol and dicetyl phosphate and ceteth-10-phosphate (Crodafos™ CES), one or more ethoxylated esters of natural derivatives, e.g. polyethoxylated esters of hydrogenated castor oil; or a silicone emulsifier such as silicone polyol; a free or ethoxylated fatty acid soap; an ethoxylated fatty alcohol; a free or ethoxylated sorbitan ester, an ethoxylated fatty acid; or an ethoxylated glyceride.
  • Emolients may be used in the sunscreen composition including cetyl esters, such as cetyl ethylhexanoate, isostearyl neopentanoate, diisopropyl sebacate, coconut oil and silicones.
  • Humectants may be used including glycols such as propylene glycol and butylene glycol as well as glycerine.
  • Rheology modifiers such as various Carbopol® acrylate polymeric compounds, alkyl acrylates as well as neutralisers and preservatives as are standard in the art.
  • Thickening agents may be used to increase the viscosity of the sunscreen composition. Suitable thickening agents include glyceryl stearate, carbomers, acrylate/acrylonitrile copolymers, xanthan gum and combinations of these. The amount of thickener within the sunscreen composition, on a solids basis without water, may range from about 0.001 to about 5%, preferably from 0.01 to about 1% and optimally from about 0.1 to about 0.5% by weight.
  • Minor optional adjunct ingredients for the sunscreen composition may include preservatives, waterproofing agents, fragrances, anti-foam agents, plant extracts (Aloe vera, witch hazel, cucumber, etc) opacifiers, skin conditioning agents and colorants, each in amounts effective to accomplish their respective functions.
  • The sunscreen formulations may optionally contain an ingredient which enhances the waterproof properties such as, compounds that form a polymeric film, such as dimethicone copolyol phosphate, diisostearoyl trimethyolpropane siloxysilicate, chitosan, dimethicone, polyethylene, polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP), polyvinylpyrrolidone/vinylacetate, PVP/Eicosene copolymer and adipic acids/diethylene glycol/glycerine crosspolymer etc. Waterproofing agents may be present at levels of from about 0.01 to about 10% by weight.
  • There is considerable knowledge in the art in terms of sunscreen formulations and standard texts and journal articles may also provide guidance. One such text which may prove useful is The Chemistry and Manufacture of Cosmetics. An appropriate article to refer to may be Cosmetics & Toiletries, vol. 116, No.9, September 2001 and Tanner. P.R., Dermatol. Clin. 2006 Jan; 24(1):53-62.
  • The sunscreen compositions can additionally contain one or more further UV-protective substances, e.g. triazines, 1,3-diketones, such as avobenzone, oxanilides, triazoles or amides containing vinyl groups or cinnamides. Such protective substances are described, for example, in GB-A-2,286,774 or alternatively are known from Cosmetics & Toiletries (107), 50 et seq. (1992).
  • The compositions may contain 0.1 to 15, preferably 0.5 to 10% by weight, based on the total weight of the composition, of a compound of the first aspect. The compositions can be prepared by physical mixing of the compounds with the auxiliary by the usual methods, such as, for example, by simply stirring the individual components together. The compositions can be formulated as a water-in-oil or oil-in-water emulsion, as an oil-in-alcohol lotion, as a vesicular dispersion of an ionic or non-ionic amphiphilic lipid, as a gel, solid stick or as an aerosol formulation. As a water-in-oil or oil-in-water emulsion, any compatible auxiliary preferably contains 5 to 50% of an oil phase, 5 to 20% of an emulsifier and 30 to 90% of water. The oil phase can in this case contain any oil suitable for cosmetic formulations, e.g. one or more hydrocarbon oils, a wax, a natural oil, a silicone oil, a fatty acid ester or a fatty alcohol. Preferred mono- or polyols are ethanol, isopropanol, propylene glycol, hexylene glycol, glycerol and sorbitol.
  • In one embodiment, the sunscreen composition may comprise more than one compound of formula I, IIa, IIb, III, IV, V or VI or a combination of a compound of formula I, IIa, IIb, III, IV, V or VI and a known UV absorbing sunscreen agent.
  • In one alternative embodiment, the composition is a coating composition, a plastics composition or a paint composition. UV protective paint or general coating compositions can be useful in external applications such as in automotive paints, masonry and timber paints and UV protective compositions for boats and other marine applications.
  • The paint composition may contain a diluent or solvent such as water, petroleum distillate, an esters, a glycol ether, a binder or film forming component including include synthetic or natural resins such as alkyds, acrylics, vinyl-acrylics, vinyl acetate/ethylene (VAE), polyurethanes, polyesters, melamine resins, epoxy, or oils, and may comprise a pigment or dye to provide colouration and/or other optional additives such as catalysts, thickeners, stabilizers, emulsifiers, texturizers, adhesion promoters, UV stabilizers, flatteners (de-glossing agents), fungicides, flow control agents, surfactants, and rheology modifiers.
  • In a further alternative embodiment, the composition may be a glass or plastic film-forming composition. Such compositions may be useful in forming UV protective glass or plastic films useful to prevent UV damage to the enclosed material. They may be useful in forming or coating: automotive glass, architectural glass and plastics, such as PVC, used in similar applications. The compositions may, in one embodiment, result in UV protective ophthalmic lenses including corrective contact lenses and eyeglasses. Such compositions are known in the art but have not comprised the compounds of the present invention to this point.
  • Also disclosed, is the use of a compound of formula I, IIa, IIb, III, IV, V or VI as a UV absorbing compound.
  • Also disclosed, is a method of protecting a surface or tissue from UV rays including the step of applying a compound of formula I, IIa, IIb, III, IV, V or VI to the surface or tissue.
  • Preferably, the use or the method described herein has the compound as a component of a sunscreen composition. The compound of formula I, IIa, IIb, III, IV, V or VI may be present in the sunscreen composition with a range of standard formulation agents including water, various emulsifiers, stabilisers and surfactants.
  • Alternatively, the use or the method described herein has the compound as a component of a coating composition. The compound of formula I, IIa, IIb, III, IV, V or VI may be present in the coating composition with a range of standard formulation agents including, one or more the agents described above. The coating composition may be a paint, staining, UV protective, tinting or polymeric matrix formulation wherein the compound of formula I, IIa, IIb, III, IV, V or VI provides UV protective or additional UV protective properties to the formulation.
  • For example, the coating composition may be a paint formulation for the exterior of a building or for exposed timber structures. The coating composition may also be a matrix coating for signage and the like which are exposed to the sun's rays for extended periods of time and which display information which it is desirable to protect from fading.
  • Further, the use or the method described herein may employ the compound of formula I, IIa, IIb, III, IV, V or VI as a component of a UV protective glass and/or UV protective polymeric film. The glass may be prepared in a manner standard in the industry. The polymeric film may be chosen from a range of standard film materials such as polyolefin-based films. The compounds of the present invention may be incorporated by cross-liking during film formation or may be associated with the film forming compounds, such as loosely held within the polymeric matrix.
  • In one embodiment, the use or the method described herein may have the compound in or on an ophthalmic lenses. This may be in terms of the UV absorbing compounds being cast in a lens formulation where the absorber is added to the bulk lens monomer prior to casting. Alternatively, the UV absorbing compound may be included as part of a coating layer or via imbibition. The lens may be a glass or plastic lens.
  • Plastic lenses may be tinted by dipping them in a heated soluble dye comprising the UV absorbing compounds. This dye penetrates a uniform distance into the lens surfaces, providing a tint of uniform colour and transmittance and incorporating the UV absorbing compound. Glass lenses may be tinted by the addition of a chemical compound to the molten glass. The UV absorbing compound, if stable under those conditions, may be added in this process.
  • Some glass lenses are tinted by the application of a coating to one or both lens surfaces. These coatings consist of a thin layer of a coloured glass compound or a metal oxide that is applied using a vacuum deposition process. The UV absorbing compounds of the invention may be incorporated during this standard process.
  • In embodiments wherein the UV absorbing compound is included in the lens during formation of same it may be co-polymerised with a lens forming monomer. Many lens-forming monomers are known in the art and include both acrylic and silicone-containing monomers, among others. Non-limiting examples of preferred lens-forming monomers are 2-phenylethyl methacrylate; 4-phenylbutyl methacrylate; 5-phenylpentyl methacrylate; 2-benzyloxyethyl methacrylate; and 3-benzyloxypropyl methacrylate; and corresponding acrylates thereof.
  • The present compounds may also be used in the formation of plastic materials whereby their presence within the plastics matrix, either in the sense of being captured therein or being chemically bonded to the plastics backbone, imparts UV protective properties.
  • The invention will now be described but it is in no way limited to the following Examples.
    • EXPERIMENTAL
  • Compounds outside the scope of the claims are reference compounds.
    • Example 1 - Preparation of 6-bromo-1-(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)hexan-1-one, 4
  • A solution of 1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyridine (200 mg, 1.2 mmol) and triethylamine (167 µL, 1.2 mmol) in DCM (7 mL)was cooled on an ice bath and treated drop wise with a solution of 6-bromohexanoyl chloride (179 µL, 1.2 mmol) in DCM (4 mL). Once addition was complete the mixture was stirred for a further 1 hour before dilution of the reaction mixture with diethyl ether and shaking with sodium carbonate solution (5% w/w). The organic phase was then separated and dried with sodium sulfate. Evaporation in-vacuo gave the crude material as an yellow oil (350 mg) which was purified by column chromatography over silica gel eluting with 50% ethyl acetate: petroleum ether. Evaporation of the eluents gave the title compound as a yellow oil (340 mg, 85%).
  • δH (CDCl3, 200 MHz) 7.13 (s, 1H), 3.41 (t, J 6.8, 2H), 3.11 (t, J 6.0, 2H), 2.96 (d, J 7.1, 2H), 2.42 (t, J 7.6, 2H), 2.03-1.81 (m, 3H), 1.70-1.36 (m, 6H), 1.27 (s, 6H), 0.92 (d, J 5.6, 6H). δc (CDCl3, 100 MHz) 195.0, 147.9, 115.2, 64.2, 43.3, 39.3, 36.5, 33.9, 32.8, 30.1, 28.1, 27.4, 25.4, 19.8. HRMS (ES): calc. for C17H31BrNO [MH+], 344.1595. Found, 344.1586 [MH+].
    • Example 2 - Preparation of 2-(4-(tert-butyl)benzoyl)-8-(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)-1-(4-methoxyphenyl)octane-1,8-dione, 5
  • A solution of Avobenzone (92 mg, 0.3 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was treated drop wise with a solution of tetra-N-butylammonium fluoride (1 M in THF, 300 µL, 0.3 mmol). Once addition was complete the mixture was stirred for 2 hours before addition of a solution of 6-bromo-1-(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)hexan-1-one 4 (102 mg, 0.3 mmol) in THF (3 mL). The mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 72 hours, diluted with water and the organic phase separated and dried with sodium sulfate. The organic phase was then treated with Celite and evaporated in-vacuo. The residue was then purified by column chromatography over silica gel eluting with 5-30% ethyl acetate : petroleum ether. Evaporation of the eluents gave the title compound as a colourless oil (56 mg, 37%).
  • δH (CDCl3, 200 MHz) 8.02-7.91 (m, 4H), 7.52-7.48 (m, 2H), 7.17 (s, 1H), 6.95 (d, J 9.0, 2H), 5.16 (t, J 6.6, 1H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.14-2.96 (m, 4H) 2.56-2.37 (m, 2H), 2.03-1.90 (m, 1H), 1.65-1.19 (m, 23H), 0.93 (d, J 6.6, 6H). HRMS (ES): calc. for C37H52NO4 [MH+], 574.3891. Found, 574.3892 [MH+]. UV λmax 306 nm.
    • Example 3 - General procedures for acid chloride preparation
  • Acid chlorides were prepared using one of two alternative methods.
    • Method 1
  • A solution of 4-penteneoic acid (250 mg, 2.5 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was treated with DMF (1 drop) followed by a solution of oxalyl chloride (209 µL, 2.4 mmol) in DCM (2.5 mL). The solution was then stirred at room temperature for 1 hour and used directly with no further purification.
    • Method 2
  • A solution of 4-phenylbenzoic acid (502 mg, 2.53 mmol) in thionyl chloride (10 mL) was treated with DMF (1 drop) and heated at reflux for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was then evaporated in-vacuo and the crude material dissolved in DCM and evaporated in-vacuo; this was repeated once more to afford the crude title compound as a tan solid (quant.). Analysis by IR showed the disappearance of the carboxylic acid peak at 3200 - 2500 cm-1. The crude material was used without further purification.
    • Example 4 - Preparation of1-(1-Isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)pent-4-en-1-one, 8
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 6-bromo-1-(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)hexan-1-one, 4, as a pale yellow oil in 19% yield.
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 7.08 (s, 1H), 5.87-5.75 (m, 1H), 5.01-4.86 (m, 2H), 3.08-3.03 (m, 2H), 2.90 (d, J 7.5, 2H), 2.48-2.42 (m, 2H), 2.34-2.26 (m, 2H), 1.90 (sept. J 6.7, 1H), 1.57-1.53 (m, 2H), 1.22 (s, 6H), 0.86(d, J 6.7, 6H). δC (CDCl3, 100 MHz) 194.5, 148.2, 138.8, 115.3, 114.5, 64.4, 43.5, 39.4, 36.3, 30.5, 30.3, 28.2, 27.6, 20.0. HRMS (ES): calc. for C16H28NO [MH+], 250.2165. Found, 250.2171 [MH+]. UV λmax 308 nm, ε 35000 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 5 - Preparation of 1-(4-((4-bromobenzyl)oxy)phenyl)-3-(4-(tert-butyl) phenyl)propane-1,3-dione, 9
  • A mixture of 4-hydroxyacetophenone (5.0 g, 36.7 mmol), 4-bromobenzyl bromide (13.78 g, 55.0 mmol) and potassium carbonate (10.15g, 73.4 mmol) in acetone (185 mL) was heated at reflux under an atmosphere of nitrogen for 3 hours. The volume of acetone was reduced by rotary evaporation and the residue was partitioned between water and ethyl acetate. The organic phase was separated, washed with water followed by saturated sodium chloride solution and dried with magnesium sulfate. Evaporation in-vacuo gave the crude material as a colourless solid which was purified by column chromatography over silica gel eluting with 0-100% ethyl acetate: heptane. Evaporation of the eluents gave 1-(4-((4-Bromobenzyl)oxy)phenyl)ethanone as a colourless solid (10.75 g, 96%).
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 7.92 (d, J 9.0, 2H), 7.50 (d, J 8.5, 2H), 7.28 (d, J 8.5, 2H), 6.96 (d, J 9.0, 2H), 5.06 (s, 2H), 2.53 (s, 3H). δC (CDCl3, 100 MHz) 196.8, 162.4, 135.4, 132.0, 130.9, 130.8, 129.2, 122.3, 114.7, 69.5, 26.5. HRMS (ES): calc. for C15H14BrO2 [MH+], 305.0172. Found, 305.0172 [MH+]. Calc. for C15H13O2BrNa [MNa+] 326.9991. Found 326.9990 [MNa+].
  • A mixture of sodium hydride (0.75 g, 18.7 mmol, 60% dispersion in oil) suspended in anhydrous THF (50 mL) was treated with methyl tertbutylbenzoate (3.0 g, 15.6 mmol). The reaction mixture was allowed to stir for 30 minutes and was then transferred via a cannula to a solution of 1-(4-((4-bromobenzyl)oxy)phenyl) ethanone (3.97 g, 13.0 mmol) in anhydrous THF (25 mL). Once addition was complete, the mixture was heated at reflux for 18 hours and cooled to ambient temperature. The reaction was then quenched by drop wise addition of saturated sodium bicarbonate. The pH was then adjusted to pH 3 with 1M aqueous HCl. The resultant pale yellow solid was collected by filtration, triturated in 2-propanol, collected by filtration and dried in-vacuo to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid 4.36 g, 76%).
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 7.99-7.92 (m, 2H), 7.92-7.86 (m,2H), 7.54-7.45 (m, 4H), 7.33-7.27 (m, 2H), 7.04-6.98 (m, 2H), 6.76 (s, 1H), 5.07 (s, 2H), 1.34 (s, 9H). δC (CDCl3, 100 MHz) 185.8, 184.6, 162.1, 156.2, 135.5, 132.9, 132.1, 129.5, 129.3, 129.0, 127.1, 125.8, 122.4, 115.0, 92.4, 69.6, 35.3, 31.4. HRMS (ES): calc. for C28H28BrO3 [MH+], 465.1060. Found, 465.1061 [MH+]. Calc. for C28H28O3BrNa [MNa+] 487.0879. Found 487.0882 [MNa+]. UV λmax 357 nm, ε 35500 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 6 - Preparation of 1-(4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)-3-(4-((4-(5-(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)-5-oxopent-1-en-1-yl)benzyl) oxy)phenyl)propane-1,3-dione, 10
  • A mixture of 1-(4-((4-bromobenzyl)oxy)phenyl)-3-(4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)propane-1,3-dione, 9 (224 mg, 0.48 mmol) and 1-(1-Isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)pent-4-en-1-one, 8 (100 mg, 0.40 mmol) in acetonitrile (5 mL) was treated with triethylamine (134 µL, 0.96 mmol) and a mixture of palladium(II)acetate (9 mg, 0.04 mmol) and tris(2-methoxyphenyl)phosphine (28 mg, 0.08 mmol) in acetonitrile (1 mL) which had been previously sonicated for 1 minute. The mixture was then heated to reflux for 2 hours followed by heating in a sealed vessel under microwave irradiation at 150°C for 10 minutes. The reaction mixture was then diluted with ethyl acetate (30 mL), washed with saturated NaCl solution and dried with sodium sulfate. Evaporation in-vacuo gave the crude material as a brown gum (370 mg) which was purified by column chromatography over silica gel eluting with 0-30% ethyl acetate : petroleum ether. Evaporation of the eluents gave the title compound as a cream foam (63 mg, 25%). Analytical data were complicated by the presence of double bond isomers.
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 7.98 (d, J 7.9, 2H), 7.93 (d, J 8.5, 2H), 7.52 (d, J 8.6, 2H), 7.44-7.23 (m, 4H), 7.19-7.03 (m, 3H), 6.97 (s, 1H), 6.63-5.59 (m, 2H), 5.16-5.12 (m, 2H), 3.51-3.20 (m, 2H), 3.14-3.11 (m, 2H), 2.99-2.91 (m, 2H), 2.62-2.53 (m, 2H), 2.03-1.89 (m, 1H), 1.62 (t, J 6.1, 2H), 1.38 (s, 9H), 1.30-1.28 (m, 6H), 0.92-0.89 (m, 6H). HRMS (ES): calc. for C42H52NO4 [MH+], 634.3891. Found, 634.3884 [MH+]. UV λmax 314 nm, ε 23250 M-1 cm-1 and 357 nm, ε 24050 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 7 - Preparation of (4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)methanone, 11
  • A solution of 1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyridine (200 mg, 1.2 mmol) and triethylamine (167 µL, 1.2 mmol) in DCM (7 mL) was cooled on an ice bath and treated drop wise with a solution of 4-tert-butylbenzoyl chloride (233 µL, 1.2 mmol) in DCM (4 mL). Once addition was complete the mixture was stirred for a further 18 hours before shaking with consecutive portions of water and sodium carbonate solution (5% w/w). The organic phase was then separated and dried with sodium sulfate. Evaporation in-vacuo gave the crude material as a yellow oil (350 mg) which was purified by column chromatography over silica gel eluting with 2.5-10% ethyl acetate : petroleum ether. Evaporation of the eluents gave the title compound as a pale yellow oil (148 mg, 38%).
  • δH (CDCl3, 200 MHz) 7.41-7.30 (m, 4H), 6.86 (s, 1H), 3.17 (t, J 4.7, 2H), 2.86(d, J 7.5, 2H), 1.99-1.85 (m, 1H), 1.72 (t, J 7.1, 2H), 1.39(s, 6H), 1.35 (s, 6H), 0.86 (d, J 6.7, 6H). δC (CDCl3, 100 MHz) 192.9, 152.4, 152.2, 139.4, 128.7, 124.6, 114.5, 63.8, 43.5, 38.9, 34.7, 31.3, 30.2, 27.7, 27.3, 19.7. HRMS (ES): calc. for C22H34NO [MH+], 328.2635. Found, 328.2634 [MH+]. UV λmax 317 nm, ε 19000 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 8 - Preparation of (1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl) (4-methoxyphenyl)methanone, 12
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of (4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)methanone, 11 as a very pale yellow oil (41 mg, 11%).
  • δH (CDCl3, 200 MHz) 7.51 (d, J 8.8, 2H), 6.90 (d, J 8.8, 2H) 6.83 (s, 1H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.20 (t, J 6.0, 2H), 2.87 (d, J 7.5, 2H), 2.04-1.71 (m, 3H), 1.40 (s, 6H), 0.88 (d, J 6.7, 6H). δC (CDCl3, 100 MHz) 192.6, 160.7, 151.8, 134.8, 130.7, 114.5, 113.0, 63.9, 55.3, 43.5, 38.8, 30.2, 27.7, 27.3, 19.7. HRMS (ES): calc. for C19H27NO2[MH+], 302.2126. Found, 302.2114 [MH+]. UV λmax 319 nm.
    • Example 9 - Preparation of 1-(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)propane-1,3-dione, 13
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of (4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)methanone, 11 as a yellow oil (292 mg, 36%). Analytical data indicated the presence of an approximately 3:1 mixture of the keto and enol forms.
  • δH (CDCl3, 200 MHz) 8.15 (d, J 4.4, 1.5H), 7.82 (d, J 8.7, 0.5H), 7.52 (s, 0.75H), 7.32 (s, 0.25H), 6.93 (d, J 9.0, 2H) 6.11 (s, 0.25H), 4.08 (s, 1.5H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.22-3.09 (m, 2H), 3.03 (d, J 7.5, 2H), 2.01-1.91 (m, 1H), 1.71-1.55 (m, 2H), 1.37 (s, 1.5H), 1.21 (s, 4.5H), 0.95-0.93 (m, 6H).
    δC (CDCl3, 100 MHz) 195.0, 188.3, 186.8, 176.2, 163.7, 161.2, 151.4, 146.2, 132.0, 130.1, 129.5, 128.0, 90.8, 64.5, 64.4, 60.5, 55.6, 55.5, 52.6, 43.7, 43.6, 39.6, 39.1, 30.2, 30.1, 28.6, 27.8, 27.6, 21.1, 20.0, 19.9, 14.4. HRMS (ES): calc. for C21H30NO3 [MH+], 344.2220. Found, 344.2225 [MH+]. UV λmax 293 nm, ε 14250 M-1 cm-1; 396 nm, ε 11150 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 10 - Preparation of (4-(dimethylamino)phenyl)(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)methanone, 15
  • In a Schlenk tube, toluene (2 mL; previously dried over sodium wire) was degassed with a stream of argon. Sodium tert-butoxide (129 mg, 1.34 mmol) was added followed by dimethylamine hydrochloride (50 mg, 0.62 mmol), and the mixture stirred for 5 mins. The remaining materials were added in the following order: (4-bromophenyl)(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)methanone 16 (140 mg, 0.56 mmol), BINAP (21 mg, 0.034 mmol) and tris(dibenzylidene)dipalladium(0) (15 mg, 0.017 mmol). The Schlenk tube was sealed and the reaction stirred at 80°C for 20 h. The reaction was then cooled, diluted with EtOAc and filtered through Celite, washing thoroughly with extra EtOAc. The filtrate was then washed with water (20 mL), sat. NaHCO3 (20 mL) and brine (20 mL), then dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in-vacuo. The crude material was purified by radial chromatography over silica gel eluting with 33% ethyl acetate : petroleum ether to afford the title compound as a yellow oil (41 mg, 23%).
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 7.49 (m, 2H), 6.82 (s, 1H), 6.64 (m, 2H), 3.15 (m, 2H), 3.00 (s, 6H), 2.83 (d, J 7.6, 2H), 1.90 (m, 1H), 1.70 (m, 2H), 1.35 (s, 6H), 0.85 (d, J 6.7, 6H). δC (CDCl3, 100 MHz) 193.2, 151.7, 150.9, 131.1, 129.9, 114.4, 110.9, 63.9, 43.6, 40.5, 39.1, 30.4, 28.0, 27.5, 20.0. HRMS (ES): calc. for C20H31N2O [MH+], 315.2431. Found, 315.2431 [MH+]. UV λmax 336 nm, ε 17000 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 11 - Preparation of (4-bromophenyl)(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)methanone, 16
  • A solution of 1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyridine(203 mg, 1.2 mmol) and triethylamine (169 µL, 1.2 mmol) in DCM (3 mL)was cooled on an ice bath and treated drop wise with a solution of 4-bromobenzoyl chloride (266 mg, 1.2 mmol) in DCM (4 mL). Once addition was complete the mixture was stirred for a further 18 hours before quenching by pouring into water (10 mL). The organic phase was then separated, combined with two further DCM extracts and the combined organic layers washed with water and dried with magnesium sulfate. Evaporation in-vacuo gave the crude material as a light brown solid (354 mg) which was purified by radial chromatography over silica gel eluting with 10-15% ethyl acetate:petroleum ether. Evaporation of the eluents gave the title compound as a pale yellow solid (166 mg, 39%).
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 7.47 (m, 2H), 7.33 (m, 2H), 6.72 (s, 1H), 3.16 (m, 2H), 2.83 (d, J 7.6, 2H), 1.89 (m, 1H), 1.69 (m, 2H), 1.36 (s, 6H), 0.83 (d, J 6.6, 6H). δC (CDCl3, 100 MHz) 192.0, 152.8, 141.4, 131.1, 130.5, 123.6, 114.8, 64.3, 43.8, 38.9, 30.4, 27.8, 27.5, 19.9. HRMS (APCI): calc. for C18H25BrNO [MH+], 350.1114. Found, 350.1112 [MH+]. UV λmax 318 nm, ε 22500 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 12 - Preparation of (2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-5-yl)(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)methanone, 18
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of (4-bromophenyl)(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)methanone, 16 as an off-white solid (33 mg, 9%).
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 7.45 (s, 1H), 7.31 (s, 1H), 6.82 (s, 1H), 6.73 (d, J 8.2, 1H), 4.62 (t, J 8.7, 2H), 3.25-3.17 (m, 4H), 2.86 (d, J 7.5, 2H), 1.98-1.89 (m, 1H), 1.69 (m, 2H), 1.38 (s, 6H), 0.87 (d, J 6.7, 6H). δC (CDCl3, 100 MHz) 193.0, 161.5, 151.7, 135.2, 130.0, 126.8, 126.3, 114.7, 108.1, 71.8, 64.0, 43.6, 39.0, 30.4, 29.6, 27.9, 27.5, 19.9. HRMS (APCI): calc. for C20H28NO2 [MH+], 314.2115. Found, 314.2113 [MH+]. UV λmax 320 nm, ε 22000 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 13 - Preparation of [1,1'-biphenyl]-4-yl(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)methanone, 19
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of (4-bromophenyl)(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)methanone, 16 as yellow crystalline solid (76 mg, 18%).
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 7.65-7.51 (m, 6H), 7.43 (m, 2H), 7.34 (m, 1H), 6.84 (s, 1H), 3.16 (m, 2H), 2.83 (d, J 7.5, 2H), 1.89 (m, 1H), 1.71 (m, 2H), 1.39 (s, 6H), 0.83 (d, J 6.7, 6H). δC (CDCl3, 100 MHz) 193.0, 152.6, 142.1, 141.4, 140.8, 129.5, 129.0, 127.7, 127.3, 126.6, 114.9, 64.1, 43.7, 39.0, 30.4, 27.9, 27.5, 19.9. HRMS (APCI): calc. for C24H30NO [MH+], 348.2322. Found, 348.2326 [MH+]. UV λmax 320 nm, ε 18000 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 14 - Preparation of (1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)(phenyl)methanone, 20
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of (4-bromophenyl)(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)methanone, 16 as pale yellow solid (150 mg, 46%).
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 7.47-7.41(m, 2H), 7.36-7.27 (m, 3H), 6.75 (s, 1H), 3.16 (m, 2H), 2.79 (d, J 7.5, 2H), 1.86 (sept, J 6.7, 1H), 1.70-1.65 (m, 2H), 1.36 (s, 6H), 0.80 (d, J 6.7, 6H). δC (CDCl3, 100 MHz) 193.3, 152.8, 142.4, 129.2, 128.7, 127.8, 114.6, 64.0, 43.6, 38.9, 30.2, 27.7, 27.3, 19.8. HRMS (ES): calc. for C18H26ON [M+H], 272.2009. Found, 272.2009 [M+H]. UV λmax 316 nm , ε 19000 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 15 - Preparation of1, 4-phenylenebis ((1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)methanone), 21
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of (4-bromophenyl)(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)methanone, 16 as pale yellow oil (164 mg, 15%).
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 7.37 (s, 4H), 6.75 (s, 2H), 3.15-3.08 (m, 4H), 2.78 (d, J 7.6, 4H), 1.83 (sept. J 6.7, 2H), 1.69-1.62 (m, 4H), 1.34 (s, 12H), 0.78(d, J 6.7, 12H). δC (CDCl3, 100 MHz) 193.2, 153.4, 143.3, 128.2, 114.8, 64.1, 43.7, 38.9, 30.3, 27.8, 27.5, 19.8. HRMS (ES): calc. for C30H43N2O2 [MH+], 465.3476. Found, 465.3478 [MH+]. UV λmax 320 nm, ε 20000 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 16 - Preparation of benzene-1,3,5-triyltris ((1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)methanone), 22
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of (4-bromophenyl)(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)methanone, 16 as a yellow oil (124 mg, 19%).
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 7.52 (s, 3H), 6.74 (s, 3H), 3.10-3.04 (m, 6H), 2.76 (d, J 7.5, 6H), 1.79 (sept. J 6.7, 3H), 1.64-1.57 (m, 6H), 1.28 (s, 18H), 0.72(d, J 6.7, 18H). δC (CDCl3, 100 MHz) 192.5, 153.0, 141.6, 130.0, 114.5, 64.1, 43.6, 38.7, 30.1, 27.6, 27.3, 19.7. HRMS (ES): calc. for C42H64N3O3 [MH+], 658.4942. Found, 658.4944 [MH+]. UV λmax 316 nm, ε 33000 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 17 - Preparation of (4-benzoylphenyl)(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)methanone, 23
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of (4-bromophenyl)(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)methanone, 16 as a bright yellow oil which on cooling solidified (385 mg, 43%). Mp 43-44°C.
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 7.84-7.77 (m, 4H), 7.64-7.49 (m, 5H), 6.78 (s, 1H), 3.20 (t, J 5.9, 2H), 2.86 (d, J 7.5, 2H), 1.97-1.86 (m, 1H), 1.74 (t, J 5.9, 2H), 1.42 (s, 6H), 0.85 (d, J 6.7, 6H). δC (CDCl3, 100 MHz) 196.8, 192.1, 153.3, 146.6, 138.1, 137.6, 132.8, 130.3, 129.7, 128.5, 115.0, 64.2, 43.8, 38.9, 30.3, 27.8, 27.5, 19.8. HRMS (ES): calc. for C25H30NO2 [MH+], 376.2271. Found, 376.2262 [MH+]. UV λmax 295 nm, ε 7500 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 18 - Preparation of 2,4-dimethoxyphenyl(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)methanone, 24
  • 1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyridine (200 mg, 1.2 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (3 mL) and cooled to 0°C, under an argon atmosphere. Triethylamine (167 µL, 1.0 mmol) was added, and the mixture stirred for 5 min. A solution of 2,4-dimethoxybenzoyl chloride (259 mg, 1.2 mmol) in DCM (4 mL) was then added drop wise and the mixture stirred for 1 h at 0°C. The ice bath was then removed and the reaction allowed stirred for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was then poured into water (10 mL), the layers separated, and the aqueous phase extracted further with DCM (2 x 10 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (2 x 10 mL), then dried with magnesium sulfate and concentrated in-vacuo. The crude material was dissolved in methanol/DCM, filtered through a short column of silica, eluting with methanol. The filtrate was concentrated in-vacuo, then subjected to radial chromatography over silica gel twice eluting with 50-75% ethyl acetate : petroleum ether and 50% ethyl acetate : petroleum ether. The material thus obtained was then purified by preparative thin layer chromatography eluting with 50% ethyl acetate : petroleum, ether. The residue was dissolved in DCM (0.5 mL) and 2M HCl in ether (4 drops) added drop wise. Diethyl ether (5 mL) was then added and the solvent decanted leaving a yellow residue in the flask. The residue was washed further with diethyl ether, then dissolved in DCM (1 mL) and treated with triethylamine (3 drops). The solution was then washed with 5% NaCO3 solution, the organic phase separated, dried with magnesium sulfate and evaporated in-vacuo to afford the title compound as a yellow oil (12 mg, 3%).
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 7.16 (br s, 1H), 7.09 (d, J 7.9, 1H), 6.51-6.48 (m, 2H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 3.34 (t, J 5.2, 2H), 3.06 (d, J 7.1, 2H), 1.96 (m, 1H), 1.74 (t, J 5.2, 2H), 1.36 (s, 6H), 0.85 (d, J 6.6, 6H). δC (CDCl3, 100 MHz) 185.9, 163.1, 160.8, 159.0, 132.2, 117.1, 115.8, 104.7, 99.3, 65.9, 56.2, 55.7, 45.2, 38.1, 27.2, 27.2, 19.7. HRMS (APCI): calc. for C20H30O3N [MH+], 332.2220. Found, 332.2226 [MH+]. UV λmax 313 nm, ε 9500 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 19 - Preparation of 1-(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)-3-methylbut-2-en-1-one, 26 and 1-(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl) -3-methylbut-3-en-1-one, 27
  • A solution of 1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyridine(400 mg, 2.4 mmol) and triethylamine (400 µL, 2.9 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was cooled on an ice bath and treated drop wise with a solution of 3-methylbut-2-enoyl chloride (373 mg, 2.4 mmol) in DCM (10 mL). Once addition was complete the mixture was stirred for a further 2 hours before quenching by pouring into water (10 mL). The organic phase was then separated, washed with sodium carbonate solution (10% w/w, 20 mL) and dried with magnesium sulfate. Evaporation in-vacuo gave the crude material as a brown oil which was purified by column chromatography over silica gel eluting with 0-10% ethyl acetate : petroleum ether.
  • Evaporation of the eluents gave: 1-(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)-3-methylbut-2-en-1-one, 26 as a pale yellow oil (250 mg, 42%); δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 7.14 (s, 1H), 5.98 (s, 1H), 3.18 (t, J 5.8, 2H), 2.95 (d, J 7.5, 2H), 1.99-1.90 (m, 1H), 1.85 (s, 3H), 1.83 (s, 3H), 1.63 (t, J 5.8, 2H), 1.33 (s, 6H), 0.92 (d, J 6.7, 6H). δC (CDCl3, 100 MHz) 190.5, 150.0, 142.0, 124.8, 116.5, 64.0, 43.5, 39.2, 30.0, 27.9, 27.3, 26.3, 20.2, 19.8. HRMS (APCI): calc. for C16H28NO [MH+], 250.2165. Found, 250.2174 [MH+]. UV λmax 314 nm, ε 19000 M-1 cm-1; and 1-(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)-3-methylbut-3-en-1-one, 27 as a colourless oil (110 mg, 19%).
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 7.23 (s, 1H), 4.84 (s, 1H), 4.77 (s, 1H), 3.19 (s, 2H), 3.12 (t, J 5.9, 2H), 2.95 (d, J 7.9, 2H), 1.98-1.90 (m, 1H), 1.76 (s, 3H), 1.65-1.59 (m, 2H), 1.29 (s, 6H), 0.91 (d, J 6.7, 6H). δC (CDCl3, 100 MHz) 192.8, 149.2, 143.4, 115.2, 112.5, 64.5, 47.9, 43.5, 39.4, 30.2, 28.0, 27.5, 22.5, 20.0. HRMS (APCI): calc. for C16H28NO [MH+], 250.2165. Found, 250.2175 [MH+]. UV λmax 306 nm, ε 14500 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 20 - Preparation of (E)-1-(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)hexa-3,5-dien-1-one, 28
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1-(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)-3-methylbut-2-en-1-one, 26 as a yellow oil (82 mg, 14%).
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 7.10(s, 1H), 6.35-6.24 (m, 1H), 6.10-6.01 (m, 1H), 5.89-5.80 (m, 1H), 5.09-5.02 (m, 1H), 4.97-4.92 (m, 1H), 3.23-3.20 (m, 2H), 3.10-3.05 (m, 2H), 2.92 (d, J 7.4, 2H), 1.91 (sept, J 6.7, 1H), 1.59-1.54 (m, 2H), 1.23 (s, 6H), 0.87 (d, J 6.7, 6H). δC (CDCl3, 100 MHz) 192.5, 149.1, 137.3, 132.7, 130.8, 115.5, 114.9, 64.5, 43.6, 41.9, 39.4, 30.3, 28.1, 27.6, 20.0. HRMS (ES): calc. for C17H28NO [MH+], 262.2165. Found, 262.2170 [MH+]. UV λmax 311 nm, ε 275000 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 21 - Preparation of 1-(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)but-3-en-1-one, 29
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1-(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)-3-methylbut-2-en-1-one, 26 as a pale yellow oil (120 mg, 21%).
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 7.16 (s, 1H), 6.07-5.93 (m, 1H), 5.13-5.08 (m, 2H), 3.24 (d, J 6.8, 2H), 3.13 (t, J 5.4, 2H), 2.97 (d, J 7.4, 2H), 2.02-1.93 (m, 1H), 1.62-1.59 (m, 2H), 1.29 (s, 6H), 0.93 (d, J 6.7, 6H). δC (CDCl3, 100 MHz) 192.7, 149.0, 134.8, 116.4, 114.9, 64.5, 43.6, 43.2, 39.3, 30.2, 28.1, 27.6, 20.0. HRMS (ES): calc. for C15H26NO [MH+], 236.2009. Found, 236.2018 [MH+]. UV λmax 310 nm, ε 270000 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 22 - Preparation of (E)-1-(1-Isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)-3-phenylprop-2-en-1-one, 31
  • 1-(1-Isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)prop-2-en-1-one (98 mg, 0.44 mmol), iodobenzene (101 mg, 0.50 mmol), triphenylphosphine (24 mg, 0.09 mmol), tetraethylammonium chloride (118 mg, 0.44 mmol), potassium carbonate (124 mg, 0.89 mmol) and palladium (II) acetate (10 mg, 0.04 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) were stirred under a nitrogen atmosphere at 110°C for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was then cooled to ambient temperature and water (10 mL) was added. The aqueous layer was separated and extracted with diethyl ether (3 x 10 mL) and the combined organic layers washed with water (10 mL), dried with magnesium sulfate and concentrated in-vacuo to give a yellow oil. The crude material was preadsorbed onto Celite and then chromatographed over Florisil, eluting with 0-100% DCM : heptane followed by 0-7.5% ethyl acetate : heptane to give the title compound as a yellow solid (117 mg, 87%).
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 7.52-7.47 (m, 2H), 7.44 (d, J 15.5, 1H), 7.35-7.26 (m, 3H), 7.29 (s, 1H), 7.08 (d, J 15.5, 1H), 3.17-3.12 (m, 2H), 2.98 (d, J 7.5, 2H), 1.95 (sept, J 6.7, 1H), 1.67-1.62 (m, 2H), 1.33 (s, 6H), 0.89 (d, J 6.7, 6H). δC (CDCl3, 100 MHz) 185.5, 148.9, 138.4, 136.6, 129.0, 128.8, 127.8,124.5, 117.1, 64.5, 43.8, 39.2, 30.5, 28.0, 27.6, 20.0. HRMS (ES): calc. for C20H28NO [MH+], 298.2165. Found, 298.2165 [MH+]. UV λmax 360 nm, ε 16000 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 23 - Preparation of 1- (1-Isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)prop-2-en-1-one, 32
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1-(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)-3-methylbut-2-en-1-one, 26 as a yellow oil (912 mg, 55%).
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 7.22(s, 1H), 6.71 (dd, J 10.6, 17.0, 1H), 6.00 (dd, J 2.3, 17.0, 1H), 5.44 (dd, J 2.3, 10.6, 1H), 3.5-3.10 (m, 2H), 2.94 (d, J 7.4, 2H), 1.93 (sept, J6.7, 1H), 1.64-1.59 (m, 2H), 1.29 (s, 6H), 0.88 (d, J6.7, 6H). δC (CDCl3, 100 MHz) 186.2, 149.7, 134.0, 123.3, 116.1, 64.5, 43.7, 39.1, 30.3, 27.8, 27.6, 20.0. HRMS (ES): calc. for C14H24NO [MH+], 222.1852. Found, 222.1851 [MH+]. UV λmax 331 nm, ε 20500 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 24 - Preparation of (E)-1- (1-Isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)-3-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)prop-2-en-1-one, 33
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of (E)-1-(1-Isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)phenylprop-2-en-1-one, 31 as a yellow oil (23 mg, 19%).
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 7.57 (s, 4H), 7.44 (d, J 15.5, 1H), 7.29 (s, 1H), 7.14 (d, J 15.5, 1H), 3.18-3.14 (m, 2H), 3.00 (d, J 7.5, 2H), 1.96 (sept. J 6.7, 1H), 1.68-1.62 (m, 2H), 1.32 (s, 6H), 0.90 (d, J 6.7, 6H). δC (CDCl3, 100 MHz) 184.6, 149.3, 140.1, 136.6, 130.5 (q, JCF 32.4), 130.3, 127.8, 125.8 (q, JCF 3.9), 124.3 (q, JCF 272.3), 117.2, 64.7, 43.8, 39.2, 30.6, 27.9, 27.6, 20.0. HRMS (ES): calc. for C21H27F3NO [MH+], 366.2039. Found, 366.2042 [MH+]. UV λmax 369 nm, ε 17000 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 25 - Preparation of (E)-1-(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)prop-2-en-1-one, 34
  • A mixture of 1-(1-Isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)prop-2-en-1-one (120 mg, 0.54 mmol) and 1-bromo-4-methoxybenzene (136 µL, 1.08 mmol) in acetonitrile (5 mL) was treated with triethylamine (181 µL, 1.30 mmol) and a mixture of palladium(II)acetate (12 mg, 0.05 mmol) and tris(2-methoxyphenyl)phosphine (38 mg, 0.11 mmol) in acetonitrile (1 mL) which had been previously sonicated for 1 minute. The mixture was then heated to reflux for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was then evaporated in-vacuo gave the crude material which was purified by column chromatography over silica gel eluting with 0-20% ethyl acetate : petroleum ether. Evaporation of the eluents gave the title compound as a yellow glass (160 mg, 90%).
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 7.57 (s, 4H), 7.44 (d, J 15.5, 1H), 7.29 (s, 1H), 7.14 (d, J 15.5, 1H), 3.18-3.14 (m, 2H), 3.00 (d, J 7.5, 2H), 1.96 (sept. J 6.7, 1H), 1.68-1.62 (m, 2H), 1.32 (s, 6H), 0.90 (d, J 6.7, 6H).
  • δC (CDCl3, 100 MHz) 185.8, 160.4, 148.5, 138.2, 129.3, 122.2, 117.0, 114.2, 114.0, 64.5, 55.5, 43.7, 39.3, 30.5, 28.0, 27.8, 20.0. HRMS (ES): calc. for C21H30NO2 [MH+], 328.2271. Found, 328.2271 [MH+]. UV λmax 364 nm, ε 16150 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 26 - Preparation of (2E, 4E/Z)-1-(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)-5-phenylpenta-2,4-dien-1-one, 35
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of (E)-1-(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)prop-2-en-1-one, 34 as a yellow oil (110 mg, 63%). Analytical data were complicated by the presence of double bond isomers about the styrenyl double bond (also present in (2-bromovinyl)benzene starting material).
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 7.48-7.24 (m, 7H), 6.99-6.71 (m, 3H), 3.22-3.13 (m, 2H), 3.04-2.99 (m, 2H), 2.04-2.99 (m, 1H), 1.65(t, J 5.9, 2H), 1.36-1.34 (m, 6H), 0.95-0.92 (m, 6H). δC (CDCl3, 100 MHz) 185.4, 148.6, 138.6, 137.5, 137.1, 134.0, 129.3, 128.8, 128.7, 128.5, 128.3, 127.7, 126.9, 123.3, 117.1, 64.5, 43.8, 39.2, 30.5, 27.9, 27.6, 20.0. HRMS (ES): calc. for C22H30NO [MH+], 324.2322. Found, 324.2321 [MH+]. UV λmax 318 nm, ε 14800 M-1 cm-1 and 370 nm, ε 13200 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 27 - Preparation of 1-(1-Isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)methylprop-2-en-1-one, 36
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1-(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)-3-methylbut-2-en-1-one, 26 as a yellow oil (24 mg, 9%).
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 7.14 (s, 1H), 5.17-5.14 (m, 1H), 4.96-4.93 (m, 1H), 3.11-3.06 (m, 2H), 2.89 (d, J 7.4, 2H), 1.90-1.87 (m, 3H), 1.62-1.57 (m, 1H), 1.26 (s, 6H), 0.85 (d, J6.7, 6H). δC (CDCl3, 100 MHz) 195.5, 151.8, 146.5, 116.3, 113.9, 64.3, 43.7, 39.1, 30.1, 27.8, 27.6, 20.9, 20.0. HRMS (ES): calc. for C15H26NO [MH+], 236.2009. Found, 236.2008 [MH+]. UV λmax 310 nm, ε 18950 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 28 - Preparation of (2E/Z) 1-(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)penta-2,4-dien-1-one, 38
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1-(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)-3-methylbut-2-en-1-one, 26 as a yellow oil (170 mg, 29%). Analytical data suggested the presence of an approximately 75:25 mixture of E / Z double bond isomers.
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 7.23 (s, 1H), 7.16-6.89 (m, 1H), 6.62-6.11 (m, 2H), 5.52-5.20 (m, 2H), 3.20-3.14 (m, 2H), 3.00 (d, J 7.5, 1.5H), 2.95 (d, J 7.5, 0.5H), 2.02-1.91 (m, 1H), 1.66 (t, J 5.9, 2H), 1.35-1.34 (m, 6H), 0.94-0.89 (m, 6H). δC (CDCl3, 100 MHz) 185.6, 151.4, 148.8, 138.7, 136.2, 135.1, 134.3, 129.2, 128.3, 122.4, 120.6, 117.0, 64.5, 64.4, 43.7, 39.2, 30.4, 30.3, 27.9, 27.6, 27.5, 20.0. HRMS (ES): calc. for C16H26NO [MH+], 248.2009. Found, 248.2009 [MH+]. UV λmax 352 nm, ε 18000 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 29 - Preparation of 1-(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carbonyl)-2-cyano-3,3-diphenylprop-2-en-1-one, 39
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1-(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)-3-methylbut-2-en-1-one, 26 as a bright yellow solid (137 mg, 25%).
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 7.42 (m, 5H), 7.33-7.15 (m, 5H), 3.03 (m, 2H), 2.91 (d, J 7.6, 2H), 1.85 (m, 1H), 1.44 (m, 2H), 1.18 (s, 6H), 0.82 (d, J 6.5, 6H). δC (CDCl3, 100 MHz) 182.8, 158.8, 152.7, 139.1, 138.8, 130.1, 129.9, 129.9, 129.5, 128.7, 128.6, 128.2, 118.8, 114.0, 112.9, 64.8, 43.9, 38.6, 30.2, 27.5, 27.2, 20.0. HRMS (ES): calc. for C27H31N2O [MH+], 399.2431. Found, 399.2432 [MH+]. UV λmax 297 nm, ε 15750 M-1 cm-1 and 317 nm, ε 16150 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 30 - Preparation of 3,3-dimethyl-5-oxo-5-(phenylamino)pentanoic acid, 41a
  • A solution of 4,4-dimethyldihydro-2H-pyran-2,6(3H)-dione (2.1 g, 14.8 mmol) in chloroform (20 mL) was treated drop-wise with aniline (2.7 mL, 29.5 mmol) and the mixture stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The mixture was then diluted with DCM (20 mL), washed with hydrochloric acid solution (2 M, 30 mL), dried with magnesium sulfate and evaporated in-vacuo to give the title compound as a colourless solid (3.5 g, 100%).
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 8.01 (s, br, 1H), 7.55 (d, J 8.4, 2H), 7.38 (t, J 7.6, 2H), 7.20 (t, J 6.4, 1H), 2.53 (s, 2H), 2.50 (s, 2H), 1.20 (s, 6H).
    • Example 31 - Preparation of 5-((4-methoxyphenyl)amino)-3,3-dimethyl-5-oxopentanoic acid, 41b
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 3,3-dimethyl-5-oxo-5-(phenylamino)pentanoic acid, 41a as a grey solid (3.5 g, 93%).
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 7.69 (s, br, 1H), 7.43 (d, J 9.0, 2H), 6.92 (d, J 9.0, 2H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 2.52 (s, 2H), 2.47 (s, 2H), 1.21 (s, 6H).
    • Example 32 - Preparation of 4,4-dimethyl-1-phenylpiperidine-2,6-dione, 42a
  • A suspension of 3,3-dimethyl-5-oxo-5-(phenylamino)pentanoic acid, 41a (3.5 g, 14.9 mmol) in chloroform (20 mL) was treated drop-wise with thionyl chloride (1.63 mL, 22.3 mmol) and the mixture stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes. After this time all material had dissolved and the mixture was heated in a sealed vessel under microwave irradiation at 100°C for 10 minutes. The mixture was then diluted with DCM (20 mL), washed with water (2 x 50 mL) and 10% Na2CO3 solution (50 mL), dried with magnesium sulfate and evaporated in-vacuo to give the title compound as a cream solid (3.12 g, 97%).
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 7.51-7.38 (m, 3H), 7.10 (d, J6.8, 2H), 2.71 (s, 4H), 1.24 (s, 6H).
    • Example 33 - Preparation of 1-(4-methoxyphenyl)-4,4-dimethylpiperidine-2,6-dione, 42b
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 4,4-dimethyl-1-phenylpiperidine-2,6-dione, 42a as a yellow solid (3.5 g, 100%).
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 7.03-6.98 (m, 4H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 2.69 (s, 4H), 1.23 (s, 6H).
    • Example 34 - Preparation of 4,4-dimethyl-1-phenyl-3,4-dihydropyridin-2(1H)-one, 43a
  • A suspension of 4,4-dimethyl-1-phenylpiperidine-2,6-dione, 42a (1.5 g, 6.9 mmol) in THF (20 mL) was cooled on an ice bath and treated drop-wise with lithium aluminium hydride (1 M solution in diethyl ether, 3.8 mL, 3.8 mmol) and the mixture stirred for 15 minutes. The reaction was then quenched by addition of 2 M hydrochloric acid solution until effervescence ceased followed by 4 M hydrochloric acid solution until a clear aqueous phase of pH <2 was formed. The biphasic mixture was then stirred for 15 minutes, the organic phase separated, dried with magnesium sulfate and evaporated in-vacuo to give a mixture of the title compound and starting dione as an orange liquid (0.82 g, 91% by wt, 54%).
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 7.46-7.39 (m, 2H), 7.33-7.25 (m, 3H), 6.18 (d, J 7.1, 1H), 5.16 (d, J 7.8, 1H), 2.57 (s, 2H), 1.21 (s, 6H).
    • Example 35 - Preparation of 1-(4-methoxyphenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydropyridin-2(1H)-one, 43b
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 4,4-dimethyl-1-phenyl-3,4-dihydropyridin-2(1H)-one, 43a as an orange oil (1.7 g, 61%).
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 7.18 (d, J 8.9, 2H), 6.93 (d, J 8.9, 2H), 6.13 (d, J 7.7, 1H), 5.11 (d, J 7.7, 1H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 2.55 (s, 2H), 1.19 (s, 6H).
    • Example 36 - Preparation of 4,4-dimethyl-1-phenyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyridine, 46
  • A suspension of 4,4-dimethyl-1-phenyl-3,4-dihydropyridin-2(1H)-one, 43a (0.45 g, 2.24 mmol) in diethyl ether (20 mL) was treated drop-wise with lithium aluminium hydride (1 M solution in diethyl ether, 2.24 mL, 2.24 mmol) and the mixture heated to reflux for 1 hour. Heating was then discontinued and after 10 minutes the reaction quenched by addition of sodium sulfate decahydrate (0.15 g, 4.74 mmol). Once addition was complete the mixture was stirred for 20 minutes, treated with anhydrous sodium sulfate (300 mg) and stirred for a further 10 minutes. The mixture was then filtered through Celite into a flask containing BHT (4 g, 1 wt% assuming 100% yield), the filter cake washed with diethyl ether and the combined filtrates evaporated in-vacuo to give a mixture of the title compound and fully reduced amine, 4,4-dimethyl-1-phenylpiperidine as a golden liquid (321 mg, 70% by wt, 54%).
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 7.30-7.25 (m, 2H), 6.92 (d, J 7.9, 2H), 6.85 (t, J 6.5, 1H), 6.49 (d, J 8.1, 1H), 4.54 (d, J 8.1, 1H), 3.54-3.49 (m, 2H), 1.76 (t, J 5.7, 2H), 1.09 (s, 6H). UV λmax 278 nm, ε 22550 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 37 - Preparation of 1-(4,4-dimethyl-1-phenyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)propan-1-one, 47
  • A solution of 4,4-dimethyl-1-phenyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyridine, 46 (320 mg, 80% by wt, 1.37 mmol) and triethylamine (229 µL, 1.64 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was cooled on an ice bath and treated drop wise with a solution of propionyl chloride (120 µL, 1.37 mmol) in DCM (10 mL). Once addition was complete the mixture was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature and heated to reflux for 1 hour after which time 1H NMR analysis suggested approximately 50% conversion. The mixture was then cooled to room temperature, diluted with water (10 mL) and the organic phase separated. The organic phase was then washed with sodium carbonate solution (10% w/w, 20 mL) and dried with magnesium sulfate. Evaporation in-vacuo gave the crude material as a brown oil (400 mg) which was purified by column chromatography over silica gel eluting with 0-10% ethyl acetate : petroleum ether. Evaporation of the eluents gave the title compound as a pale yellow oil (110 mg, 33%).
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 7.72 (s, 1H), 7.42 (t, J 8.1, 2H), 7.17-7.10 (m, 3H), 3.64 (t, J 5.7, 2H), 2.63 (q, J 7.4, 2H), 1.81 (t, J 5.7, 2H), 1.40 (s, 6H), 1.16 (t, J 7.4, 2H). δC (CDCl3, 100 MHz) 198.1, 146.0, 141.8, 129.7, 123.3, 121.0, 117.8, 43.4, 39.6, 30.7, 30.4, 28.2, 9.9. HRMS (APCI): calc. for C16H22NO [MH+], 244.1696. Found, 244.1706 [MH+]. UV λmax 321 nm, ε 23000 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 38 - Preparation of 1-(4,4-dimethyl-1-phenyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)prop-2-en-1-one, 48
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1-(4,4-dimethyl-1-phenyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)propan-1-one, 47 as a yellow oil (122 mg, 38%).
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.40 (t, J 7.4, 2H), 7.17-7.11 (m, 3H), 6.87 (dd, J 14.6 and 10.6, 1H), 6.13 (d, J 16.9, 1H), 5.60 (d, J 10.6, 1H), 3.67 (t, J 5.8, 2H), 1.84 (t, J 4.4, 2H), 1.42 (s, 6H). δC (CDCl3, 100 MHz) 188.3, 145.8, 143.7, 133.9, 129.7, 124.8, 123.7, 121.7, 118.0, 43.7, 39.3, 30.8, 27.8. HRMS (ES): calc. for C16H20NO [MH+], 242.1539. Found, 242.1540 [MH+]. UV λmax 346 nm, ε 21000 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 39 - Preparation of (4-bromophenyl)(1-(phenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)methanone, 49
  • A solution of 4,4-dimethyl-1-phenyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyridine, 46 (450 mg, 55% by wt, 1.32 mmol) and triethylamine (313 µL, 2.25 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was cooled on an ice bath and treated drop wise with a solution of 4-bromobenzoyl chloride (435 mg, 1.98 mmol) in DCM (10 mL). Once addition was complete the mixture was heated to reflux for 2 hour after which time 1H NMR analysis suggested that significant starting material remained. The mixture was then heated in a sealed vessel under microwave irradiation at 110°C for 30 minutes, a further portion of triethylamine (313 µL, 2.25 mmol) and 4-bromobenzoyl chloride (435 mg, 1.98 mmol) added and the mixture heated to 140°C for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was then evaporated in-vacuo and the residue purified by column chromatography over silica gel eluting with 0-10% ethyl acetate : petroleum ether. Evaporation of the eluents gave the title compound as an off white crystalline solid (110 mg, 23%).
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 7.56 (d, J 8.4, 2H), 7.47 (d, J 8.5, 2H), 7.36-7.28 (m, 3H), 7.08 (t, J 7.4, 1H), 6.95 (d, J 8.7, 2H), 3.69 (t, J 5.9, 2H), 1.90 (t, J 5.8, 2H), 1.46 (s, 6H). δC (CDCl3, 100 MHz) 193.5, 146.5, 145.4, 140.6, 131.4, 130.5, 129.7, 124.5, 123.7, 120.4, 117.7, 43.7, 39.0, 30.9, 27.8. HRMS (ES): calc. for C20H21BrNO [MH+], 370.0801. Found, 370.0802 [MH+]. UV λmax 338 nm, ε 23300 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 40 - Preparation of 4,4-dimethyl-1-phenyl-1,4-dihydropyridine, 50
  • Bis enamine, 50 was isolated from an unsuccessful acylation reaction as a yellow oil.
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 7.33-7.28 (m, 2H), 7.05-6.99 (m, 3H), 6.42 (d, J 8.2, 1H), 4.60 (d, J 8.2, 1H), 1.14 (s, 6H). UV λmax 285 nm, ε 16000 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 41 - Preparation of 1-(4-methoxyphenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyridine, 51
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 4,4-dimethyl-1-phenyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyridine, 46, as pale yellow solid containing the title compound and fully reduced amine 1-(4-methoxyphenyl)-4,4-dimethylpiperidine (1.32 g, 85% by wt, 70%).
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 6.89-6.85 (m, 4H), 6.38 (d, J 8.1, 1H), 4.48(d, J 8.1, 1H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 3.46 (t, J 5.8, 2H), 1.74 (t, J 6.3, 2H), 1.09 (s, 6H). UV λmax 278 nm, ε 22550 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 42 - Preparation of 1-(1-(4-methoxyphenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)propan-1-one, 52
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1-(4,4-dimethyl-1-phenyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)propan-1-one, 47 as a pale yellow oil (178 mg, 40%).
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 7.59 (s, 1H), 7.05 (d, J 9.1, 2H), 6.92 (d, J 9.1, 2H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.58 (t, J 5.4, 2H), 2.56 (q, J 7.4, 2H), 1.77 (t, J 5.8, 2H), 1.36 (s, 6H), 1.13 (t, J 7.5, 2H). δC (CDCl3, 100 MHz) 197.8, 156.2, 142.9, 140.0, 119.9, 119.8, 114.9, 55.8, 44.1, 39.7, 30.6, 30.3, 28.2, 10.1. HRMS (APCI): calc. for C17H24NO2 [MH+], 274.1802. Found, 274.1803 [MH+]. UV λmax 328 nm, ε 23500 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 43 - Preparation of 1-(1-(4-methoxyphenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)prop-2-en-1-one, 53
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1-(4,4-dimethyl-1-phenyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)propan-1-one, 47 as a bright yellow oil (230 mg, 54%).
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 7.67 (s, 1H), 7.06 (d, J 9.1, 2H), 6.94 (d, J 9.1, 2H), 6.84 (dd, J 16.9 and 10.6, 1H), 6.11 (d, J 16.9, 1H), 5.54 (d, J 10.6, 1H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 3.62 (t, J 5.8, 2H), 1.80 (t, J 7.1, 2H), 1.40 (s, 6H). δC (CDCl3, 100 MHz) 187.8, 156.5, 144.7, 139.7, 133.9, 124.4, 120.7, 120.1, 114.9, 55.8, 44.4, 39.4, 30.6, 27.9. HRMS (APCI): calc. for C17H22NO2 [MH+], 272.1645. Found, 272.1644 [MH+]. UV λmax 350 nm, ε 21500 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 44 - Preparation of (4-fluorophenyl)(1-(4-methoxyphenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)methanone, 54
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of (4-bromophenyl)(1-(cyclohexa-1,5-dien-1-yl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)methanone, 49 as a cream gum (35 mg, 11%).
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 7.59 (t, J 8.9, 2H), 7.23 (s, 1H), 7.08 (t, J 8.6, 2H), 6.90-6.85 (m, 4H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 3.65 (t, J 5.8, 2H), 1.89 (t, J 5.9, 2H), 1.46 (s, 6H). δC (CDCl3, 100 MHz) 193.4, 165.1, 162.6, 156.3, 147.2, 139.4, 138.1, 131.0, 129.2, 126.1, 119.7, 119.4, 115.2, 115.0, 114.9, 55.7, 44.3, 39.1, 30.7, 28.1, 27.8. HRMS (APCI): calc. for C21H22FNO2 [M+], 339.1629. Found, 339.1628 [M+]. UV λmax 341 nm, ε 19350 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 45 - Preparation of 1-isobutyl-4,4,6-trimethyl-3,4-dihydropyridin-2(1H)-one, 56a
  • A solution of 1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethylpiperidine-2,6-dione, 55 (2.0 g, 10.14 mmol) in diethyl ether (20 mL) was treated drop-wise with methylmagnesium bromide (3 M solution in diethyl ether, 6.8 mL, 20.28 mmol) and the mixture heated to reflux for 18 hours. Heating was then discontinued and the reaction mixture cooled to room temperature and quenched by addition of 2 M hydrochloric acid solution until a separate aqueous phase with pH <2 was seen. The mixture was then stirred for 15 minutes, the organic phase separated, dried with magnesium sulfate and evaporated in-vacuo to give a pale yellow oil (1.7 g). Examination by 1H NMR suggested a composition of 50% starting material, 16% intermediate hydroxyl compound 6-hydroxy-1-isobutyl-4,4,6-trimethylpiperidin-2-one and 34% title compound. The residue was then purified by column chromatography over silica gel eluting with 0-4% ethyl acetate : petroleum ether to give a mixture of the title compound and starting material 1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethylpiperidine-2,6-dione, 55 as a colourless oil (0.69 g, 60% by wt, 21%).
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 4.83 (s, 1H), 3.44 (d, J 7.2, 2H), 2.34 (s, 2H), 1.96-1.88 (m, 4H), 1.04 (s, 6H), 0.93 (d, J 6.7, 6H).
    • Example 46 - Preparation of 1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-6-phenyl-3,4-dihydropyridin-2(1H)-one, 56b
  • Hydroxy intermediate 6-hydroxy-1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-6-phenylpiperidin-2-one was prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1-isobutyl-4,4,6-trimethyl-3,4-dihydropyridin-2(1H)-one, 56a as a golden oil (430 mg, 34%).
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 7.99 (d, J 7.3, 2H), 7.58 (t, J 7.4, 1H), 7.49 (t, J 7.8, 2H), 6.62 (s, br, 1H), 3.12-3.06 (m, 4H), 2.38 (s, 2H), 1.83-1.71 (m, 1H), 1.16 (s, 6H), 0.92 (d, J 6.7, 6H).
  • A solution of 6-hydroxy-1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-6-phenylpiperidin-2-one (0.4 g, 1.45 mmol) in toluene (20 mL) was treated with p-toluenesulfonic acid (55 mg, 0.29 mmol) and heated to reflux for 3 hours. The mixture was then cooled to room temperature, diluted with diethyl ether, washed with water (20 mL) and sodium carbonate solution (10% w/w, 20 mL) and dried with magnesium sulfate. The organic layer was then evaporated in-vacuo to give the title compound as a yellow oil (348 mg, 93%).
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 7.40-7.22 (m, 5H), 5.10 (s, 1H), 3.37 (d, J 7.0, 2H), 2.46 (s, 2H), 1.82-1.75 (m, 1H), 1.17 (s, 6H), 0.73 (d, J 6.7, 6H).
    • Example 47 - Preparation of 1-isobutyl-4,4,6-trimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyridine, 57a
  • Lithium aluminium hydride (1 M solution in diethyl ether, 2.0 mL, 2.0 mmol) was added to diethyl ether (10 mL) and treating drop-wise with a solution of 1-isobutyl-4,4,6-trimethyl-3,4-dihydropyridin-2(1H)-one, 56a (0.65 g, 60% by wt, 2.0 mmol) in diethyl ether (10 mL). The mixture was then heated to reflux for 1 hour and the mixture then quenched by portion wise addition of sodium sulfate decahydrate (0.14 g, 4.2 mmol). The resulting suspension was then stirred for 20 minutes, treated with anhydrous sodium sulfate (0.30 g) and stirred for a further 10 minutes before being filtered into a flask containing BHT (4 mg, 1 wt% assuming 100% yield). The filter pad was washed with diethyl ether (2 x 20 mL) and the combined filtrates evaporated in-vacuo to give a mixture of the title compound and fully reduced amine, 1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethylpiperidine as a colourless liquid (0.54 g, 67% by wt, 97%).
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 3.98 (s, 1H), 2.99 (t, J 5.6, 2H), 2.74 (d, J 7.3, 2H), 1.89-1.84 (m, 1H), 1.76 (s, 3H), 1.51 (t, J 5.5, 2H), 0.99 (s, 6H), 0.89 (d, J 6.2, 6H).
    • Example 48 - Preparation of 1-isobutyl-4,4,-dimethy-6-phenyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyridine, 57b
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1-isobutyl-4,4,6-trimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyridine, 57a as a pale yellow liquid (0.28 g, 97%).
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 7.41-7.24 (m, 5H), 4.61 (s, 1H), 3.11 (t, J 8.1, 2H), 2.49 (d, J 7.4, 2H), 1.95-1.87 (m, 1H), 1.58-1.54 (m, 2H), 1.09(s, 6H), 0.83 (d, J 6.9, 6H).
    • Example 49 - Preparation of 1-(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-2-phenyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)propan-1-one, 58
  • A solution of 1-isobutyl-4,4,-dimethy-6-phenyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyridine, 57b (270 mg, 1.1 mmol) and triethylamine (155 µL, 1.1 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was cooled on an ice bath and treated drop wise with propionyl chloride(97 µL, 1.1 mmol). Once addition was complete the mixture was stirred for a further 2 hours before quenching by pouring into water (10 mL). The organic phase was then separated, washed with sodium carbonate solution (10% w/w, 10 mL) and dried with magnesium sulfate. Evaporation in-vacuo gave the crude material as a purple oil which was purified by column chromatography over silica gel eluting with 0-5% ethyl acetate : petroleum ether. Evaporation of the eluents gave the title compound as a pale yellow oil (30 mg, 9%).
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 7.37-7.26 (m, 5H), 3.23 (t, J 5.9, 2H), 2.62 (d, J 7.5, 1.5H), 1.94-1.85 (m, 1H), 1.71 (t, J 6.0, 2H), 1.52 (q, J 7.4, 2H), 1.26 (s, 6H), 0.74 (d, J 6.7, 6H), 0.61 (t, J 7.4, 3H). HRMS (APCI): calc. for C20H30NO [MH+], 300.2322. Found, 300.2322 [MH+]. UV λmax 338 nm, ε 8000 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 50 - Preparation of 1-(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin -2-yl)butan-2-one, 59 and 1-(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-2-yl)but-1-en-2-yl propionate, 60
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1-(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-2-phenyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)propan-1 -one, 58 to give: 1-(1-(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-2-yl)butan-2-one, 59 as a pale yellow oil (100 mg, 24%).
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 5.06 (s, 1H), 3.32 (t, J 6.5, 2H), 3.08 (s, 2H), 3.04 (d, J 7.4, 2H), 2.31 (q, J 7.5, 2H), 2.24-2.17 (m, 1H), 1.57 (t, J 6.4, 2H), 1.09 (t, J 7.5, 3H), 1.00 (s, 6H), 0.95 (d, J 6.7, 6H). δC (CDCl3, 100 MHz) 197.5, 162.2, 93.2, 59.8, 49.2, 40.8, 37.3, 36.3, 28.5, 27.5, 26.1, 20.7, 10.2. HRMS (APCI): calc. for C15H28NO [MH+], 238.2165. Found, 238.2166 [MH+]. UV λmax 312 nm, ε 16000 M-1 cm-1.
  • 1-(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-2-yl)but-1-en-2-yl propionate, 60 as a pale yellow oil (75 mg, 15%). Analytical data were complicated by the presence of enol double bond isomers.
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 5.28 (s, 1H), 5.05 (s, 1H), 3.49-2.74 (m, 6H), 2.37-2.07 (m, 3H), 1.31-0.93 (m, 18H). δC (CDCl3, 100 MHz) 196.9, 158.3, 148.0, 114.8, 94.4, 64.4, 60.0, 57.2, 49.4, 43.6, 40.4, 39.5, 37.3, 30.8, 30.6, 30.2, 30.0, 28.7, 28.2, 27.6, 27.2, 25.8, 20.6, 20.5, 20.0, 10.5. HRMS (APCI): calc. for C18H32NO2 [MH+], 294.2428. Found, 294.2442 [MH+]. UV λmax 323 nm, ε 20000 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 51 - Preparation of 3-(3,5,7,9,11,13,15-Heptaisobutyl-2,4,6,8,10,12,14,16,18,20-dodecaoxa-1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15-octasilapentcyclo[9.5.1.13,9.15,15.17,13]icosan-1-yl)propyl 4-(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)-4-oxobutanoate, 63
  • A solution of 1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyridine (200 mg, 1.2 mmol) and triethylamine (170 µL, 1.2 mmol) in DCM (4 mL) was cooled to -50°C and treated drop wise with a solution of 3-(3,5,7,9,11,13,15-Heptaisobutyl-2,4,6,8,10,12,14,16,18,20-dodecaoxa-1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15-octasilapentcyclo[9.5.1.13,9.15,15.17,13]icosan-1-yl)propyl-4-chloro-4-oxobutanoate (1.19 g, 1.2 mmol) in DCM. Once addition was complete the mixture was allowed to warm slowly to room temperature with stirring over 6 hours. The reaction mixture was then evaporated in-vacuo and the residue partitioned between water and diethyl ether. The organic phase was then separated, washed with water and dried with magnesium sulfate. Evaporation in-vacuo gave the crude material as an oily solid which was triturated with methanol, the liquors evaporated in-vacuo and purified by column chromatography over silica gel eluting with 0-100% ethyl acetate : heptane. Evaporation of the eluents gave the title compound as a pale orange oil (228 mg, 17%).
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 7.15 (s, 1H), 4.03-3.95 (m, 2H), 3.09-3.04 (m, 2H), 2.92 (d, J 7.5, 2H), 2.76-2.70 (m,2H), 2.61-2.54 (m, 2H), 2.01-1.73 (m, 8H), 1.73-1.62 (m, 2H), 1.62-1.49 (m, 2H), 1.22 (s, 6H), 0.92 (d, J 6.6, 42H), 0.87 (d, J 6.6, 6H), 0.57 (dd, J 7.0, 3.0, 16H). δC (CDCl3, 100 MHz) 192.5, 174.2, 148.2, 115.0, 66.5, 64.4, 43.6, 39.4, 31.4, 30.3, 29.7, 28.2, 27.7, 25.9, 24.1, 24.0, 22.7, 22.6, 22.3, 20.0, 8.5. HRMS (ES): calc. for C46H94 NO15Si8 [MH+], 1124.4772. Found, 1124.4775 [MH+]. UV λmax 308 nm, ε 21800 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 52 - Preparation of 1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-5-propionyl-3,4-dihydropyridin-2(1H)-one, 64
  • 1-(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)propan-1-one (1 g, 4.48 mmol) was placed in an open vessel and heated at 120 °C for 90 minutes. The temperature was then increased to 160 °C and heating continued for a 4 days. The mixture was weighed and was found to have lost 10 % of its mass (total mass after heating 0.9 g). A portion of this material (0.45 g) was purified by column chromatography eluting with 0-20% ethyl acetate : petroleum ether to give the title compound as an orange oil (0.032 g, 6.4%).
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 6.87 (s, 1H), 5.62 (d, J 7.9, 1H), 4.51 (d, J 7.9, 1H), 2.95 (d, J 7.4, 2H), 2.51 (q, J 7.4, 2H), 1.93-1.84 (m, 1H), 1.41 (s, 6H), 1.10 (t, J 7.4, 3H), 0.94 (d, J 6.7, 6H). δc (CDCl3, 100 MHz) 199.1, 142.4, 124.3, 118.1, 116.3, 62.1, 32.9, 31.7, 30.5, 29.5, 19.8, 9.8. HRMS (ES): calc. for C14H24ON [MH+], 222.1852. Found, 222.1854 [MH+]. UV λmax 367 nm.
    • Example 53 - Preparation of 1-(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4-dihydropyridin-3-yl)propan-1-one, 65
  • Prepared according to the procedure set out for compound 64 with purification by column chromatography eluting with 0-2% diethyl ether : dichloromethane to give the title compound (0.16 g, 32% recovery).
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 6.96 (s, 1H), 3.42 (d, J 7.5, 2H), 2.60 (q, J 5.0, 2H), 2.41 (s, 2H), 2.03-1.95 (m, 1H), 1.26 (s, 6H), 1.12 (t, J 7.4, 3H), 0.94 (d, J 6.7, 6H). MS (EI): 237.2 [M+]. UV λmax 291 nm.
    • Example 54 - Preparation of 4-(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)-4-oxobutanoic acid, 70
  • A suspension of aluminium chloride (400 mg, 2.99 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was treated with succinic anhydride (150 mg, 1.5 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 15 minutes. The mixture was then cooled on an ice-bath and treated with a solution of 1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyridine (250 mg, 1.5 mmol) in DCM (5 mL). The mixture was then allowed to warm to room temperature over 1.5 hours and poured onto crushed ice. The organic phase was separated, extracted with sodium carbonate solution (5% w/v) and the basic phase acidified with 1M hydrochloric acid solution. The aqueous phase was then extracted with DCM, the extracts dried with magnesium sulfate and evaporated in-vacuo to give the title compound as a cream solid (10 mg, 3%).
  • δH (CDCl3, 200 MHz) 7.32 (s, 1H), 3.21 (t, J 5.8, 2H), 3.07 (d, J 7.5, 2H), 2.89-2.62 (m, 4H), 2.11-1.91 (m, 1H), 1.67 (t, J 5.9, 2H), 1.30 (s, 6H), 0.95 (d, J 6.7, 6H). δC (CDCl3, 100 MHz) 194.7, 175.5, 150.8, 114.5, 64.9, 43.9, 39.0, 31.8, 30.3, 29.9, 27.8, 27.5, 19.9. HRMS (ES): calc. for C15H26NO3 [MH+], 268.1918. Found, 268.1907 [MH+]. UV λmax 308 nm.
    • Example 55 - Preparation of 1-(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)-2,2-diphenylethanone, 71
  • A solution of 1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyridine(400 mg, 2.39 mmol) and triethylamine (400 µL, 2.87 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was cooled on an ice bath and treated drop wise with a solution of 2,2-diphenylacetyl chloride (552 mg, 2.39 mmol) in DCM (10 mL). Once addition was complete the mixture was stirred for a further 18 hours before quenching by pouring into water (10 mL). The organic phase was then separated, washed with sodium carbonate solution (10% w/v), water and dried with magnesium sulfate. Evaporation in-vacuo gave the crude material as a brown oil (790 mg) which was purified by column chromatography over silica gel eluting with 10-10% ethyl acetate:petroleum ether. Evaporation of the eluents gave the title compound as a pale yellow oil (280 mg, 32%).
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 7.47 (m, 2H), 7.33 (m, 2H), 6.72 (s, 1H), 3.16 (m, 2H), 2.83 (d, J 7.6, 2H), 1.89 (m, 1H), 1.69 (m, 2H), 1.36 (s, 6H), 0.83 (d, J 6.6, 6H). δC (CDCl3, 100 MHz) 192.4, 149.3, 142.0, 129.2, 128.4, 126.4, 114.5, 64.6, 57.6, 43.6, 39.3, 30.4, 28.0, 27.4, 19.7. HRMS (ES): calc. for C25H32NO [MH+], 362.2478. Found, 362.2478 [MH+]. UV λmax 314 nm, ε 26000 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 56 - Preparation of 1-Isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-5-(phenylsulfonyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyridine, 72
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 3-(3,5,7,9,11,13,15-Heptaisobutyl-2,4,6,8,10,12,14,16,18,20-dodecaoxa-1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15-octasilapentcyclo[9.5.1.13,9.15,15.17,13]icosan-1-yl) propyl 4-(1-isobutyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)-4-oxobutanoate, 63 as a pale orange oil (58 mg, 8%).
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 7.81-7.75 (m, 2H), 7.45-7.36 (m, 3H), 3.17-3.10 (m, 2H), 2.98 (d, J 7.5, 2H), 1.94 (sept, J 6.7, 1H), 1.52 -1.47 (m, 2H), 1.03 (s, 6H), 0.90 (d, J 6.7, 6H). □c (CDCl3, 100 MHz) 146.7, 146.2, 131.3, 128.7, 126.8, 105.6, 64.0, 43.5, 38.4, 31.1, 28.8, 27.6, 20.0. HRMS (ES): calc. for C17H26O2NS [MH+], 308.1679. Found, 308.1677 [MH+]. UV □max 285 nm, ε 11000 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 57 - Preparation of 5-(tert-butylamino)-2,2-dimethyl-5-oxopentanoic acid, 107 and 5-(tert-butylamino)-4,4-dimethyl-5-oxopentanoic acid, 108
  • A solution of triethylamine (5.39 mL, 38.7 mmol) and t-butylamine (3.70 mL, 35.2 mmol) in DCM (30 mL) was treated dropwise with a solution of 3,3-dimethyldihydro-2H-pyran-2,6(3H)-dione (5.0 g, 35.2 mmol) in DCM (30 mL) at room temperature. The mixture was then stirred for 72 hours, diluted with DCM (30 mL, washed with 1M aqueous HCl solution (2 x 75 mL) and dried with magnesium sulfate. Evaporation in-vacuo gave the title compounds (85:15 mixture 107 : 108) as a colourless oil (1.3 g, 17%).
  • δH (107, 400 MHz) 5.34 (br s, 1H), 2.11 (t, J 8.5, 2H), 1.85 (t, J 8.2, 2H), 1.32 (s, 9H), 1.19 (s, 6H).
    • Example 58 - Preparation of 5-((4-methoxyphenyl)amino)-3,3-dimethyl-5-oxopentanoic acid, 144b
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 5-(tert-butylamino)-2,2-dimethyl-5-oxopentanoic acid, 108, as a brown solid in 97% yield. δH (400 MHz) 7.69 (br s, 1H), 7.43 (d, J 9.0, 2H), 6.92 (d, J 9.0, 2H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 2.52 (s, 2H), 2.47 (s, 2H), 1.21 (s, 6H).
    • Example 59 - Preparation of 5-(ethoxyamino)-3,3-dimethyl-5-oxopentanoic acid, 144i
  • A suspension of O-ethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (3.77 g, 38.70 mmol) in DCM (60 mL) was cooled on an ice bath and treated dropwise with triethylamine (5.39 mL, 38.70 mmol). The resulting suspension was then treated dropwise with a solution of 4,4-dimethyldihydro-2H-pyran-2,6(3H)-dione (5.00 g, 35.20 mmol) in DCM (30 mL) and the resulting turbid solution left to stir for 18 hours. The mixture was washed with 1M HCl solution (50 mL), the aqueous phase saturated with sodium chloride and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic extracts were then evaporated in-vacuo to give the title compound as a colourless gum (5.17g, 72%).
  • δH (400 MHz) 9.20 (br s, 1H), 3.99 (q, J 7.1, 2H), 2.42 (s, 2H), 2.22 (s, 2H), 1.27 (t, J 7.1, 3H), 1.13 (s, 6H).
    • Example 60 - Preparation of 5-(adamantan-1-ylamino)-3,3-dimethyl-5-oxopentanoic acid, 144j
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 5-(tert-butylamino)-2,2-dimethyl-5-oxopentanoic acid, 107, as a white solid in 98% yield.
  • δH (400 MHz) 13.34 (br s, 1H), 5.66 (br s, 1H), 2.41 (s, 2H), 2.19 (s, 2H), 2.10 (m, 3H), 2.02 (d, J 3.0, 6H), 1.69 (t, J 3.0, 6H), 1.09 (s, 6H).
    • Example 61 - Preparation of 1-(4-methoxyphenyl)-4,4-dimethylpiperidine-2,6-dione, 145b
  • A suspension of 5-((4-methoxyphenyl)amino)-3,3-dimethyl-5-oxopentanoic acid, 144b (18.10 g, 68.20 mmol) in CHCl3 (50 mL) was treated drop-wise with thionyl chloride (7.47 mL, 102.00 mmol) and the mixture stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes. After this time all material had dissolved and the mixture was heated in a sealed vessel under microwave irradiation at 100°C for 10 minutes. The mixture was then diluted with DCM (75 mL), washed with water (2 x 50 mL) and 10% Na2CO3 solution (50 mL), dried with magnesium sulfate and evaporated in-vacuo to give the title compound as a brown solid in 82% yield.
  • δH (400 MHz) 7.03-6.98 (m, 4H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 2.69 (s, 4H), 1.23 (s, 6H).
    • Example 62 - Preparation of 1-(4-(dimethylamino)phenyl)-4,4-dimethylpiperidine-2,6-dione, 145c
  • A solution of 4,4-dimethyldihydro-2H-pyran-2,6(3H)-dione (2.00 g, 14.07 mmol) in CHCl3 (20 mL) was treated with N,N-dimethylbenzene-1,4-diamine (1.92 g, 14.07 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. Analysis of an aliquot by 1H NMR show a 66 : 33 ratio of ring opened intermediate to starting anhydride. The mixture was treated with a further portion of N,N-dimethylbenzene-1,4-diamine (0.96 g, 7.05 mmol) and stirred for a further 2 hours. The mixture was then treated with thionyl chloride (1.54 mL, 21.10 mmol) and stirred for 15 minutes before heating to 100°C for 10 min under microwave irradiation. The reaction mixture was then diluted with CHCl3 (30 mL), treated with potassium carbonate (9.72 g, 70.30 mmol), stirred for 15 minutes and then sufficient MeOH added to dissolve any remaining purple solid. The mixture was then stirred for 18 hours, filtered through a pad of celite and evaporated in-vacuo to a black solid (4.9g). The crude material was then purified by column chromatography over silica gel eluting with 0-10% diethyl ether : DCM. Evaporation of the eluents gave the title compound as a pale yellow solid (2.49 g, 68%).
  • δH (400 MHz) 6.94-6.87 (m, 2H), 6.77 (br s, 2H), 2.96 (s, 6H), 2.64 (s, 4H), 1.18 (s, 6H).
    • Example 63 - Preparation of 4,4-dimethyl-1-(naphthalen-1-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione, 145d
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1-isobutyl-3,3-dimethylpyrrolidine-2,5-dione, 118, as a purple solid in 89% yield.
  • δH (400 MHz) 7.91-7.86 (m, 2H), 7.54-7.45 (m, 4H), 7.22 (d, J 7.3, 1H), 2.73 (dd, J 16.6, 25.0, 4H), 1.33 (s, 3H), 1.24 (s, 3H).
    • Example 64 - Preparation of 4,4-dimethyl-1-(p-tolyl)piperidine-2,6-dione, 145e
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1-isobutyl-3,3-dimethylpyrrolidine-2,5-dione, 118, as a cream solid in >99% yield.
  • δH (400 MHz) 7.24 (d, J 9.1, 2H), 6.95 (d, J 8.5, 2H), 2.65 (s, 4H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 1.19 (s, 6H).
    • Example 65 - Preparation of 4,4-dimethyl-1-(pyridin-4-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione, 145f
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1-isobutyl-3,3-dimethylpyrrolidine-2,5-dione, 118, as a brown solid in 21% yield.
  • δH (DMSO-d6, 400 MHz) 8.63 (d, J 6.1, 2H), 7.20 (d, J 6.1, 2H), 2.65 (s, 4H), 1.08 (s, 6H).
    • Example 66 - Preparation of 1-(1,3-dimethyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-4,4-dimethylpiperidine-2,6-dione, 145g
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1-isobutyl-3,3-dimethylpyrrolidine-2,5-dione, 118, as a black oil in 60% yield.
  • δH (400 MHz) 5.93 (s, 1H), 3.57 (s, 3H), 2.68 (s, 4H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 1.20 (s, 3H), 1.18 (s, 3H).
    • Example 67 - Preparation of 1-(4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)-4,4-dimethylpiperidine-2,6-dione, 145h
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1-isobutyl-3,3-dimethylpyrrolidine-2,5-dione, 118, as a cream solid in 83% yield.
  • δH (400 MHz) 7.48 (d, J 8.6, 2H), 7.01 (d, J 8.6, 2H), 2.69 (s, 4H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 1.35 (s, 9H), 1.23 (s, 6H).
    • Example 68 - Preparation of 1-ethoxy-4,4-dimethylpiperidine-2,6-dione, 145i
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1-(4-methoxyphenyl)-4,4-dimethylpiperidine-2,6-dione, 145b as a white solid in 62% yield.
  • δH (400 MHz) 4.08 (q, J 7.1, 2H), 2.61 (s, 4H), 1.36 (t, J 7.1, 3H), 1.13 (s, 6H).
    • Example 69 - Preparation of 1-(4-(dimethylamino)phenyl)-6-hydroxy-4,4-dimethylpiperidin-2-one, 146c
  • A suspension of 1-(4-(dimethylamino)phenyl)-4,4-dimethylpiperidine-2,6-dione, 145c (1.00 g, 3.84 mmol) in THF (25 mL) was cooled on an ice bath and treated drop-wise with lithium aluminium hydride (1 M solution in diethyl ether, 2.00 mL, 2.00 mmol) and the mixture stirred for 15 minutes. The reaction was then quenched by addition of 2 M hydrochloric acid solution until effervescence ceased followed by 4 M hydrochloric acid solution until a clear aqueous phase of pH <2 was formed. The biphasic mixture was then stirred for 30 minutes, diluted with diethyl ether (30 mL) and water (30 mL) and the pH of the aqueous phase adjusted to 5-6 with sodium carbonate solution (10% w/w). The mixture was then extracted with diethyl ether (2 x 30 mL). The pH of the aqueous phase was then adjusted to 10 with sodium carbonate solution (10% w/w) and a further extraction with diethyl ether performed (2 x 30 mL). The organic extracts were then combined, dried with magnesium sulfate and evaporated in-vacuo to give the title compound as a cream solid (0.90 g, 90 %).
  • δH (400 MHz) 7.02 (d, J 8.8, 2H), 6.73 (d, J 8.9, 2H) 5.22-5.18 (m, 1H), 2.94 (s, 6H), 2.52-2.29 (m, 3H), 2.08-2.03 (m, 1H), 1.74 (dd, J 7.0, 20.7), 1.14 (s, 3H), 1.10 (s, 2H).
    • Example 70 - Preparation of 1-(1,3-dimethyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-6-hydroxy-4,4-dimethylpiperidin-2-one, 146g
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1-(4-(dimethylamino)phenyl)-6-hydroxy-4,4-dimethylpiperidin-2-one, 146c, as brown oil in 62% yield.
  • δH (400 MHz) 4.82 (s, 1H), 5.24 (t, J 5.6, 1H), 3.63 (s, 1H) 2.48-2.10 (m, 3H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 1.86-1.68 (m, 1H), 1.19 (s, 3H), 1.13 (s, 2H).
    • Example 71 - Preparation of 1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydropyridin-2(1H)-one, 147a
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1-isobutyl-3,3-dimethyl-3,4-dihydropyridin-2(1H)-one, 114, as yellow oil in 94% yield.
  • δH (400 MHz) 6.24 (d, J 8.1, 1H), 4.95 (d, J 8.1, 1H), 2.32 (s, 2H), 1.48 (s, 9H), 1.04 (s, 6H).
    • Example 72 - Preparation of 1-(4-methoxyphenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydropyridin-2(1H)-one, 147b
  • A suspension of 1-(4-methoxyphenyl)-4,4-dimethylpiperidine-2,6-dione, 145b (13.80 g, 27.9 mmol) in THF (200 mL) was cooled on an ice bath and treated drop-wise with lithium aluminium hydride (1 M solution in diethyl ether, 27.9 mL, 27.9 mmol) and the mixture stirred for 15 minutes. The reaction was then quenched by addition of 2 M hydrochloric acid solution until effervescence ceased followed by 4 M hydrochloric acid solution until a clear aqueous phase of pH <2 was formed. The biphasic mixture was then stirred for 15 minutes, diluted with diethyl ether (100 mL) and the organic phase separated and combined with a further diethyl ether extract. The organic extracts were then dried with magnesium sulfate and evaporated in-vacuo to give the title compound as a brown oil which on standing solidified (8.53 g, 66%).
  • δH (400 MHz) 7.18 (d, J 8.9, 2H), 6.93 (d, J 8.9, 2H), 6.13 (d, J 7.7, 1H), 5.11 (d, J 7.7, 1H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 2.55 (s, 2H), 1.19 (s, 6H).
    • Example 73 - Preparation of 1-(4-(dimethylamino)phenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydropyridin-2(1H)-one, 147c
  • A mixture of 1-(4-(dimethylamino)phenyl)-6-hydroxy-4,4-dimethylpiperidin-2-one, 146c (0.90 g, 3.43 mmol) and p-toluenesulfonic acid (0.13 g, 0.69 mmol) in toluene (50 mL) was heated to reflux for 30 minutes. The mixture was then cooled to room temperature, diluted with diethyl ether (50 mL) and washed with sodium carbonate solution (10% w/w, 30 mL). The mixture was then dried with magnesium sulfate and evaporated in-vacuo to give the title compound as a pale brown solid (0.76 g, 91%).
  • δH (400 MHz) 7.07 (d, J 9.0, 2H), 6.70 (d, J 8.9, 2H), 6.08 (d, J 7.7, 1H), 5.03 (d, J 7.7, 1H), 2.93 (s, 6H), 2.50 (s, 2H), 1.19 (s, 6H).
    • Example 74 - Preparation of 4,4-dimethyl-1-(naphthalen-1-yl)-3,4-dihydropyridin-2(1H)-one, 147d
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1-(4-methoxyphenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydropyridin-2(1H)-one, 147b, as a tan solid in 55% yield.
  • δH (400 MHz) 7.91-7.82 (m, 2H), 7.72 (t, J 4.5, 1H), 7.53-7.47 (m, 3H), 7.35 (d, J 7.3, 1H), 6.07 (d, J 7.7, 1H), 5.11 (d, J 7.7, 1H), 2.65 (dd, J 15.4, 35.6, 2H), 1.29 (s, 3H), 1.24 (s, 3H).
    • Example 75 - Preparation of 4,4-dimethyl-1-(p-tolyl)-3,4-dihydropyridin-2(1H)-one, 147e
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1-(4-methoxyphenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydropyridin-2(1H)-one, 147b, as a light orange solid in 63% yield.
  • δH (400 MHz) 7.17 (d, J 8.3, 2H), 7.11 (d, J 8.4, 2H), 6.11 (d, J 7.7, 1H), 5.08 (d, J 7.7, 1H), 2.51 (s, 2H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 1.13 (s, 6H).
    • Example 76 - Preparation of 1-(1,3-dimethyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydropyridin-2(1H)-one, 147g
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1-(4-(dimethylamino)phenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydropyridin-2(1H)-one, 147c, as a pale green oil in 40% yield
  • δH (400 MHz) 5.98 (d, J 7.7, 1H), 5.92 (s, 1H), 5.13 (d, J 7.7, 1H), 3.63 (s, 3H), 2.55 (s, 2H), 2.26 (s, 3H), 1.18 (s, 6H).
    • Example 77 - Preparation of 1-(4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)-4,4-dimethylpiperidine-2,6-dione, 147h
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1-(4-methoxyphenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydropyridin-2(1H)-one, 147b, as a pale brown solid in 66% yield.
  • δH (400 MHz) 7.38 (d, J 8.8, 2H), 7.14 (d, J 8.8, 2H), 6.14 (d, J 7.7, 1H), 5.08 (d, J 7.7, 1H), 2.51 (s, 2H), 1.30 (s, 9H), 1.13 (s, 6H).
    • Example 78 - Preparation of 1-ethoxy-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydropyridin-2(1H)-one, 147i
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1-(4-(dimethylamino)phenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydropyridin-2(1H)-one, 147c, as a straw coloured liquid in 31% yield.
  • δH (400 MHz) 6.10 (d, J 7.9, 1H), 4.91 (d, J 7.8, 1H), 4.04 (q, J7.1, 2H), 2.40 (s, 2H), 1.27 (t, J 7.3, 3H), 1.07 (s, 6H).
    • Example 79 - Preparation of 1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyridine, 148a
  • Lithium aluminium hydride (1M solution in ether, 29.6 mL, 29.6 mmol) was added to ether (30 mL). The mixture was then treated dropwise with a solution of 1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydropyridin-2(1H)-one, 147a (5.36 g, 29.6 mmol) in ether (30 mL) at a rate sufficient to maintain a gentle reflux. The resulting milky suspension was then refluxed for a further 1 hour, heating discontinued and the mixture allowed to cool in the oil bath for 10 minutes before being quenched by addition of sodium sulfate decahydrate (2.02 g, 62.7 mmol). Once addition was complete the mixture was stirred for 20 minutes and treated with anhydrous sodium sulfate (1.00 g), stirred for a further 10 minutes and filtered into a receiving flask was preloaded with BHT (50mg). The filter pad was then washed with ether and the combined organics evaporated to a pale yellow liquid (4.70 g, 95%).
  • δH (400 MHz) 6.05 (d, J 8.3, 1H), 4.24 (d, J 8.3, 1H), 2.92 (t, J 5.7, 2H), 1.58 (t, J 5.6, 2H), 1.14 (s, 9H), 0.96 (s, 6H).
    • Example 80 - Preparation of 4-(4,4-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyridin-1(2H)-yl)-N,N-dimethylaniline, 148c
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydropyridine, 148a, as a pale yellow solid in 95% yield.
  • δH (400 MHz) 6.85-6.73 (m, 4H), 6.33 (d, J 8.1, 1H), 4.40 (d, J 8.1, 1H), 3.41 (t, J 5.8, 2H), 2.85 (s, 6H), 1.68 (t, J 6.3, 2H), 1.04 (s, 6H). Example 81 - Preparation of 4,4-dimethyl-1-(naphthalen-1-yl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyridine, 148d
    Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyridine, 148a, as a pale yellow solid in 96% yield.
  • δH (400 MHz) 8.18-7.39 (m, 6H), 7.12 (d, J 7.0, 1H), 6.25 (d, J 7.9, 1H), 4.59 (d, J 7.9, 1H), 3.56 (t, J 5.2, 2H), 1.81 (t, J 4.6, 2H), 1.16 (s, 6H).
    • Example 82 - Preparation of 4,4-dimethyl-1-(p-tolyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyridine, 148e
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyridine, 148a, as a white solid in 93% yield.
  • δH (400 MHz) 7.04 (d, J 8.21, 2H), 6.79 (d, J 8.4, 2H), 6.40 (d, J 8.1, 1H), 4.46 (d, J 8.1, 1H), 3.44 (t, J 5.9, 2H), 2.25 (s, 3H), 1.70 (t, J 5.7, 2H), 1.05 (s, 6H).
    • Example 83 - Preparation of 1-(4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyridine, 148h
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyridine, 148a, as a cream solid in 84% yield.
  • δH (400 MHz) 7.26 (d, J 8.5, 2H), 6.83 (d, J 8.4, 2H), 6.43 (d, J 8.3, 1H), 4.46 (d, J 8.2, 1H), 3.45 (t, J 5.4, 2H), , 1.69 (t, J 5.6, 2H), 1.27 (s, 9H), 1.04 (s, 6H).
    • Example 84 - Preparation of 1-(1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)prop-2-en-1-one, 154
  • A solution of 1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyridine (1.58 g, 9.4 mmol) and triethylamine (1.32 mL, 9.4 mmol) in DCM (80 mL) was cooled to -50°C and treated drop wise with a solution of acryloyl chloride (764 µL, 9.4 mmol) in DCM (16 mL), under an inert atmosphere. Once addition was complete the mixture was stirred with the cold bath in place, and allowed to warm to room temperature over 6 hours, then stirred for a further 2 hours before quenching by pouring into water (80 mL). The organic phase was then separated, and the aqueous phase extracted with DCM (2 x 80 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (2 x 80 mL) and brine (80 mL), and dried with magnesium sulfate. Evaporation in-vacuo gave the crude material as a dark red oil which was purified by column chromatography over silica gel, eluting with 0-2% ethyl acetate : DCM. Evaporation of the eluent gave the title compound as an orange/red solid (1.70 g, 81%), m.pt. 68 - 69°C.
  • δH (400 MHz) 7.63 (s, 1H), 6.73 (dd, J 10.7, 17.0, 1H), 6.00 (dd, J 2.3, 17.0, 1H), 5.45 (dd, J 2.3, 10.6, 1H), 3.19 (m, 2H), 1.59 (m, 2H), 1.31 (s, 9H), 1.29 (s, 6H). δC (100 MHz) 186.6, 145.2, 134.3, 123.1, 116.9, 57.4, 40.0, 38.9, 30.5, 28.4, 27.9. HRMS (ES): calc. for C14H24NO[MH+], 222.1858. Found, 222.1849 [MH+]. UV λmax 328 nm, ε 24907 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 85 - Preparation of (E)-1-(1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)-3-phenylprop-2-en-1-one, 155
  • A mixture of 1-(1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)prop-2-en-1-one (0.70 g, 3.2 mmol) and iodobenzene (0.71 mL, 6.4 mmol) in acetonitrile (30 mL) was treated with triethylamine (1.06 mL, 7.6 mmol) and a mixture of palladium(II)acetate (71 mg, 0.32 mmol) and tris(o-tolyl)phosphine (193 mg, 0.64 mmol) in acetonitrile (5 mL) which had been previously sonicated for 1 minute. The mixture was then heated to reflux for 4 hours under an inert atmosphere. The reaction mixture was then evaporated in-vacuo to give the crude material which was purified by column chromatography over silica gel eluting with 5% ethyl acetate : petroleum ether, followed by radial chromatography eluting with 0-5% ethyl acetate : DCM. Evaporation of the eluent gave the title compound as a yellow solid (0.45 g, 47%), m.pt. 117 - 119°C.
  • δH (400 MHz) 7.73 (s, 1H), 7.56-7.42 (m, 3H), 7.38-7.27 (m, 3H), 7.12 (d, J 15.5, 1H), 3.23 (m, 2H), 1.64 (m, 2H), 1.35 (s, 9H), 1.34 (s, 6H). δC (100 MHz) 185.8, 144.5, 138.3, 136.7, 128.9, 128.9, 127.7, 124.6, 117.8, 57.5, 40.1, 39.0, 30.8, 28.4, 28.1. HRMS (ES): calc. for C20H28NO [MH+], 298.2165. Found, 298.2165 [MH+]. UV λmax 360 nm, ε 23198 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 86 - Preparation of (4-bromophenyl)(1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)methanone, 156
  • A solution of 1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyridine, 148a (1.02 g, 6.10 mmol) and triethylamine (0.85 mL, 6.10 mmol) in DCM (15 mL) was cooled on an ice bath and treated dropwise with a solution of 4-bromobenzoyl chloride (1.34 g, 6.10 mmol) in DCM (20 mL). Once addition was complete the mixture was stirred for a further 18 hours before quenching by pouring into water (30 mL). The organic phase was then separated, combined with two further DCM extracts and the combined organic layers washed with water and dried with magnesium sulfate. Evaporation in-vacuo gave the crude material as a brown solid (2.12 g) which was purified by column chromatography over silica gel eluting with 10% ethyl acetate: petroleum ether. Evaporation of the eluent gave a yellow solid which was recrystallised from ethyl acetate : petroleum ether. The crystals were collected by filtration and dried in-vacuo to afford the title compound as a yellow solid (0.56 g, 26%), m.pt. 98-99°C.
  • δH (400 MHz) 7.46 (m, 2H), 7.33 (m, 2H), 7.15 (s, 1H), 3.21 (m, 2H), 1.66 (m, 2H), 1.35 (s, 6H), 1.18 (s, 9H). δC (100 MHz) 192.2, 148.7, 141.6, 131.0, 130.3, 123.4, 115.7, 57.3, 39.7, 38.9, 30.5, 28.2, 27.8. HRMS (ES): calc. for C18H25NOBr [MH+], 350.1114. Found, 350.1119 [MH+]. UV λmax 317 nm, ε 27506 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 87 - Preparation of (1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-yl)(4-(dimethylamino)phenyl)methanone, 157 and (4-(tert-butoxy)phenyl)(1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin -3-yl)methanone, 158
  • In a Schlenk tube, toluene (10 mL; previously dried over sodium wire) was degassed with a stream of argon. Sodium tert-butoxide (593 mg, 6.2 mmol) was added followed by dimethylamine hydrochloride (231 mg, 2.8 mmol), and the mixture stirred for 5 mins. The remaining materials were added in the following order: (4-bromophenyl)(1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)methanone, 156 (900 mg, 2.6 mmol), BINAP (96 mg, 0.15 mmol) and tris(dibenzylidene)dipalladium(0) (80 mg, 0.077 mmol). The Schlenk tube was sealed and the reaction stirred at 80°C for 18 h. The reaction was then cooled, diluted with ethyl acetate and filtered through Celite, washing thoroughly with extra ethyl acetate. The filtrate was then washed with water (20 mL), sat. NaHCO3 (20 mL) and brine (20 mL), then dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in-vacuo. The crude material was purified by radial chromatography over silica gel eluting with 20% ethyl acetate: petroleum ether to afford (1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridine -3-yl)(4-(dimethylamino) phenyl) methanone, 57, as a yellow solid (157 mg, 19%), m.pt. 162-163°C.
  • δH (400 MHz) 7.48 (m, 2H), 7.26 (s, t 1H), 6.64 (m, 2H), 3.21 (m, 2H), 2.99 (s, 6H), 1.67 (m, 2H), 1.34 (s, 6H), 1.20 (s, 9H). δC (100 MHz) 193.6, 151.7, 146.8, 131.0, 130.1, 115.7, 111.0, 56.7, 40.5, 39.9, 38.7, 30.6, 28.4, 28.2. HRMS (ES): calc. for C20H31N2O [MH+], 315.2431. Found, 315.2432 [MH+]. UV λmax 333 nm, ε 24966 M-1 cm-1.
  • Also isolated was (4-(tert-butoxy)phenyl)(1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)methanone, 158 as a yellow solid (0.33 g, 40%), m.pt. 98-101°C.
    δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 7.39 (m, 2H), 7.19 (s, 1H), 6.96 (m, 2H), 3.20 (m, 2H), 1.66 (m, 2H), 1.35 (s, 6H), 1.34 (s, 9H), 1.16 (s, 9H). δC (CDCl3, 100 MHz) 193.5, 156.4, 148.6, 137.9, 129.7, 123.4, 115.8, 79.1, 57.1, 39.8, 38.8, 30.5, 29.1, 28.2, 28.0. HRMS (ES): calc. for C22H34NO2 [MH+], 344.2584. Found, 344.2585 [MH+]. UV λmax 317 nm, ε 32556 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 88 - Preparation of 1,4-phenylenebis((1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)methanone), 159 and 4-(1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carbonyl)benzoic acid, 160
  • A solution of 1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyridine (1.01 g, 6.00 mmol) and triethylamine (0.80 mL, 5.80 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) was cooled on an ice bath and treated dropwise with a solution of terephthaloyl chloride (0.58 g, 2.90 mmol) in DCM (5 mL). Once addition was complete the mixture was stirred at 0°C for 1 hour, then allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for a further 18 hours before quenching by pouring into water (30 mL). The organic phase was then separated, combined with two further DCM extracts and the combined organic layers washed with water and dried with magnesium sulfate. Evaporation in-vacuo gave the crude material as a dark red solid (0.54 g) which was purified by radial chromatography eluting with 30% ethyl acetate : petroleum ether. Evaporation of the eluents gave 1,4-phenylenebis((1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)methanone), 159 as a yellow solid (0.07 g, 5%), m.pt. 243°C (decomp).
  • δH (400 MHz) 7.44 (s, 4H), 7.23 (s, 2H), 3.21 (m, 4H), 1.67 (m, 4H), 1.37 (s, 12H), 1.16 (s, 18H). δC (100 MHz) 193.4, 149.1, 143.3, 128.2, 115.8, 57.3, 39.8, 38.9, 30.6, 28.3, 27.9. HRMS (ES): calc. for C30H45N2O2 [MH+], 465.3476. Found, 465.3485 [MH+]. UV λmax 317 nm, ε33982 M-1 cm-1.
  • Also isolated was 4-(1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carbonyl)benzoic acid, 160 as an orange solid (0.05 g, 5%), m.pt. 80-83°C.
  • δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 8.07 (d, J 8.2, 2H), 7.50 (d, J 8.2, 2H), 7.14 (s, 1H), 3.23 (m, 2H), 1.67 (m, 2H), 1.38 (s, 6H), 1.16 (s, 9H). δC (CDCl3, 100 MHz) 192.8, 171.0, 149.7, 146.8, 132.0, 129.8, 128.3, 115.8, 57.5, 39.8, 39.0, 30.5, 28.2, 27.8. HRMS (ES): calc. for C19H26NO3 [MH+], 316.1907. Found, 316.1907 [MH+]. UV λmax 317 nm, ε 17300 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 89 - Preparation of 1,10-bis(1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)decane-1,10-dione, 166
  • A solution of 1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyridine, 148a (0.25 g, 1.47 mmol) and triethylamine (0.21 mL, 1.54 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was treated dropwise with sebacoyl chloride (0.16 g, 0.67 mmol) at room temperature. The mixture was then stirred for 18 hours. The mixture was diluted with water (20 mL) and DCM (20 mL) and the organic phase separated, washed with sodium carbonate solution (10% w/w, 30 mL) and dried with magnesium sulfate. Evaporation in-vacuo gave the crude material as a dark red oil which was purified by column chromatography over silica gel, eluting with 0-30% ethyl acetate : petroleum ether. Evaporation of the eluents gave the title compound as cream solid (0.15 g, 45%). m.pt. 72-74°C.
  • δH (400 MHz) 6.87 (s, 2H), 3.09 (t, J , 5.9, 4H), 2.37 (t, J 7.8, 4H), 1.59-1.52 (m, 8H), 1.30-1.22 (m, 38H). δC (100 MHz) 196.4, 143.6, 116.2,56.9, 40.3, 38.7, 37.5, 30.5, 29.9, 28.4, 28.3, 26.9. HRMS (ES): calc. for C32H56N2O2 [M+], 500.4336. Found, 500.4340 [M+]. UV λmax 307 nm, ε 54797 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 90 - Preparation of bis(1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)methanone, 167
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1,10-bis(1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)decane-1,10-dione, 166 as a pale yellow in 14% yield. m.pt. 134-137°C.
  • δH (400 MHz) 7.48 (s, 2H), 3.12 (t, J , 5.7, 4H), 1.57 (t, J 5.7, 4H), 1.19-1.23 (m, 30H). δC (100 MHz) 196.5, 141.2, 117.6 , 55.5, 40.0, 38.5, 30.7, 29.6, 28.3. HRMS (ES): calc. for C23H40N2O [M+], 360.3141. Found, 360.3133 [M+]. UV λmax 305 nm, ε 15425 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 91 - Preparation of 1-(1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)-2-phenoxyethanone, 168
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1,10-bis(1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)decane-1,10-dione, 166 as a dark yellow solid in 36% yield. m.pt. 87-88°C.
  • δH (400 MHz) 7.93 (s, 1H), 7.25-7.21 (m, 2H), 6.93-6.87 (m, 3H), 4.67 (s, 2H), 3.14 (t, J 5.8, 2H), 1.52 (t, J 5.7, 4H), 1.28 (s, 9H), 1.22 (s, 6H). δC (100 MHz) 189.6, 158.5, 145.8, 129.6, 121.0, 114.9, 72.7, 57.6, 39.8, 38.8, 30.3, 28.4, 27.8. HRMS (ES): calc. for C19H28NO2 [MH+], 302.2115. Found, 302.2114 [MH+]. UV λmax 313 nm, ε 26154 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 92 - Preparation of (1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)(pyridin-4-yl)methanone, 169
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1,10-bis(1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)decane-1,10-dione, 166 as a dark cream solid in 25% yield. m.pt. 134-135°C.
  • δH (400 MHz) 8.61 (d, J 6.0, 2H), 7.30 (d, J 6.0, 2H), 7.08 (s, 1H), 3.22 (t, J 5.8, 2H), 1.64 (t, J 5.7, 4H), 1.35 (s, 6H), 1.15 (s, 9H). δC (100 MHz) 190.8, 149.4, 115.5, 57.7, 39.6, 39.0, 30.5, 28.1, 27.7. HRMS (ES): calc. for C17H24N2O [M+], 272.1883. Found, 272.1882 [M+]. UV λmax 316 nm, ε 23556 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 93 - Preparation of 1-(1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)-3-phenylpropane-1,3-dione, 170
  • A solution of 1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyridine (0.23 g, 1.40 mmol) and triethylamine (0.23 mL, 1.60 mmol) in DCM (2 mL)was cooled on an ice bath and treated drop wise with a solution of 3-oxo-3-phenylpropanoyl chloride (0.25 g, 1.40 mmol) in DCM (3 mL). Once addition was complete the mixture was stirred for a further 18 hours. Analysis by tlc(5% ethyl acetate : petroleum ether) showed starting material still present. The reaction was stirred for 20 hours at 40°C, before quenching by pouring into water (10 mL). The organic phase was then separated, combined with two further DCM extracts and the combined organic layers washed with water and dried with magnesium sulfate. Evaporation in-vacuo gave the crude material as a dark red oil (0.33 g) which was purified by column chromatography over silica gel eluting with 5% ethyl acetate : petroleum ether, followed by radial chromatography eluting with 5% ethyl acetate : petroleum ether. Evaporation of the eluent in-vacuo gave the title compound as a yellow solid (0.11 g, 25%), m.pt. 103-104°C. Analytical data indicated the presence of an approximately 3:7 mixture of the keto and enol forms.
  • δH (400 MHz) 8.19-8.14 (m, 0.6H), 7.84 (s, 0.3H), 7.83-7.78 (m, 1.4H), 7.74 (s, 0.7H), 7.56-7.50 (m, 0.3H), 7.48-7.37 (m, 2.7H), 6.15 (s, 0.7H), 4.12 (s, 0.6H), 3.24 (m, 1.4H), 3.14 (m, 0.6H), 1.65 (m, 1.4H), 1.52 (m, 0.6H), 1.36 (s, 9H), 1.35 (s, 4.3H), 1.18 (s, 1.7H). δC (100 MHz) 196.4, 188.9, 186.6, 175.7, 147.3, 142.3, 137.1, 137.0, 133.1, 130.4, 129.5, 128.5, 128.4, 126.2, 116.3, 112.3, 91.7, 57.7, 57.5, 53.0, 40.3, 39.9, 38.9, 38.8, 30.4, 30.2, 28.5, 28.4, 28.3, 27.8. HRMS (ES): calc. for C20H28NO2 [MH+], 314.2115. Found, 314.2114 [MH+]. UV λmax 309, 396 nm, ε 19993, 8961 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 94 - Preparation of 2-(1-(4-methoxyphenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carbonyl)cyclopentanone, 171
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1,10-bis(1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)decane-1,10-dione, 166 as a dark yellow gum in 16% yield.
  • δH (400 MHz) 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.11 (d, J 9.1, 2H), 6.88 (d, J 9.1, 2H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.74-3.52 (m, 3H), 2.60-1.67 (m, 8H), 1.29 (s, 6H). δC (100 MHz) 189.8, 156.5, 147.2, 139.9, 120.5, 119.9, 119.8, 114.9, 114.8, 114.7, 55.9, 55.8, 44.4, 39.6, 39.5, 39.2, 30.7, 28.2, 28.1, 27.9, 27.3, 21.4. HRMS (ES): calc. for C20H26NO3 [MH+], 328.1907. Found, 328.1904 [MH+]. UV λmax 332 nm, ε 30675 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 95 - Preparation of 1,10-bis(4,4-dimethyl-1-(p-tolyl)-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)decane-1,10-dione, 172
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1,10-bis(1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)decane-1,10-dione, 166 as a cream solid in 15% yield. m.pt. 131-132°C.
  • δH (400 MHz) 7.59 (s, 2H), 7.14 (d, J 9.1, 4H), 6.97 (d, J 8.9, 4H), 3.55 (t, J 5.8, 4H), 2.31 (s, 6H), 1.73 (t, J 5.8, 4H), 1.63-1.53(n, 4H), 1.33-1.24(m, 20H). δC (100 MHz) 197.7, 143.8, 142.4, 133.0, 130.2, 120.8, 117.9, 43.6, 39.7, 37.6, 30.7, 29.7, 29.6, 28.2, 26.3, 20.8. HRMS (ES): calc. for C38H52N2O2 [M+], 568.4023. Found, 568.4026 [M+]. UV λmax 328 nm, ε 52737 M-1 cm-1. Example 96 - Preparation of 1-(1-(4-methoxyphenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-yl)-2-phenoxyethanone, 173
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1,10-bis(1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)decane-1,10-dione, 166 as a golden oil in 68% yield.
  • δH (400 MHz) 7.99 (s, 1H), 7.29-7.23 (m, 2H), 7.03 (d, J 9.1, 4H), 6.95-6.88 (m, 5H), 4.81 (s, 2H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 3.58 (t, J 5.8, 2H), 1.72 (t, J 5.8, 2H), 1.29 (s, 6H). δC (100 MHz) 191.4, 158.4, 156.6, 145.1, 139.6, 129.7, 121.3, 120.0, 117.9, 114.9, 114.9, 55.8, 44.2, 39.2, 30.3, 27.8. HRMS (ES): calc. for C22H26NO3 [MH+], 352.1907. Found, 352.1907 [MH+]. UV λmax 339 nm, ε 26633 M-1cm-1.
    • Example 97 - Preparation of 1-(1-(4-methoxyphenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6 -tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)-2-phenylethanone, 174
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1,10-bis(1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)decane-1,10-dione, 166 as a cream solid in 40% yield. m.pt. 86-88°C.
  • δH (400 MHz) 7.60 (s, 1H), 7.29-7.17 (m, 5H), 6.88 (s, 4H), 3.83 (s, 2H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 3.52 (t, J 5.8, 2H), 1.71 (t, J 5.8, 2H), 1.30 (s, 6H). δC (100 MHz) 194.3, 156.3, 144.8, 139.8, 137.8, 129.0, 128.7, 126.4, 119.9, 119.4, 114.9, 55.8, 45.4, 44.2, 39.5, 30.6, 28.0. HRMS (ES): calc. for C22H26NO2 [MH+], 336.1958. Found, 336.1958 [MH+]. UV λmax 334 nm, ε 33786 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 98 - Preparation of 1-(1-(4-(dimethylamino)phenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)octan-1-one, 175
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1,10-bis(1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)decane-1,10-dione, 166 as a yellow oil in 22% yield. m.pt. 55°C.
  • δH (400 MHz) 7.52 (s, 1H), 6.97 (d, J 9.1, 2H), 6.74 (d, J 9.0, 2H), 3.52 (t, J 5.8, 2H), 2.91 (s, 6H), 2.45 (t, J 7.8, 2H), 1.72 (t, J 5.8, 2H), 1.62-1.53 (m, 2H), 1.33-1.20 (m, 14H), 0.85 (t, J 7.0, 3H). δC (100 MHz) 197.3, 147.8, 143.5, 136.9, 120.0, 119.5, 113.7, 44.3, 41.2, 44.2, 39.7, 37.6, 31.9, 30.6, 29.7, 29.4, 28.2, 26.5, 22.8, 14.3. HRMS (ES): calc. for C23H36N2O2 [M+], 356.2822. Found, 356.2822 [M+].UV λmax 338 nm, ε 28040 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 99 - Preparation of 1-(4,4-dimethyl-1-(p-tolyl)-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)propan-1-one, 176
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1,10-bis(1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)decane-1,10-dione, 166 as a cream solid in 47% yield.
  • δH (400 MHz) 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.17 (d, J 9.1, 2H), 7.00 (d, J 9.0, 2H), 3.59 (t, J 5.7, 2H), 2.58 (q, J 7.4, 2H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 1.77 (t, J 5.8, 2H), 1.34 (s, 6H), 1.13 (t, J7.5, 3H). δC (100 MHz) 197.4, 143.2, 141.7, 132.5, 129.6, 119.9, 117.3, 43.1, 39.1, 30.1, 29.8, 27.7, 20.3, 9.5. HRMS (ES): calc. for C17H24NO [MH+], 258.1852. Found, 258.1851 [MH+]. UV λmax 327 nm, ε 34608 M-1 cm-1. Example 100 - Preparation of 1-(1-(4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)propan-1-one, 177
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1,10-bis(1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)decane-1,10-dione, 166 as a pale yellow gum in 54% yield.
  • δH (400 MHz) 7.68 (s, 1H), 7.42 (d, J 8.8, 2H), 7.04 (d, J 8.7, 2H), 3.61 (t, J 5.8, 2H), 2.59 (q, J 7.4, 2H), 1.77 (t, J 5.7, 2H), 1.34 (s, 6H), 1.13 (t, J 7.5, 3H). δC (100 MHz) 198.0, 146.4, 143.6, 142.2, 126.5, 120.5, 117.5, 43.5, 39.7, 34.4, 31.5, 30.7, 30.4, 28.2, 10.0. HRMS (ES): calc. for C20H29NO [M+], 299.2244. Found, 299.2244 [M+]. UV λmax 329 nm, ε 31955 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 101 - Preparation of 1-(4,4-dimethyl-1-(naphthalen-1-yl)-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)propan-1-one, 178
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1,10-bis(1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)decane-1,10-dione, 166 as a pale yellow oil in 44% yield.
  • δH (400 MHz) 7.95 (t, J 8.0, 2H), 7.79 (d, J 8.2, 1H), 7.61-7.47 (m, 4H), 7.33 (d, J 7.4, 1H), 3.66 (t, J 5.8, 2H), 2.46 (q, J 7.4, 2H), 1.91 (br s, 2H), 1.44 (s, 6H), 1.07 (t, J 7.5, 3H). δC (100 MHz) 197.9, 146.6, 143.9, 135.0, 129.4, 128.9, 127.1, 126.9, 126.7, 125.9, 122.9, 122.2, 119.0, 47.0, 40.1, 30.8, 30.3, 28.5, 10.1. HRMS (ES): calc. for C20H23NO [M+], 293.1774. Found, 293.1776 [M+]. UV λmax 321 nm, ε 23247 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 102 - Preparation of 1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-N-phenyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxamide, 179
  • A solution of 1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyridine, 148a (0.18 g, 1.08 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was treated dropwise with phenyl isocyanate (0.12 mL, 1.08 mmol) at room temperature. The mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 18 hours and evaporated in-vacuo to a white solid which was washed with petroleum ether and diethyl ether before drying to give the title compound as a white solid (0.28 g, 90%). m.pt. 232-234°C.
  • δH (400 MHz) 7.45 (d, J 7.5, 2H), 7.32 (s, 1H), 7.30-7.24 (m, 2H), 7.01-6.94 (m, 2H), 3.15 (t, J 5.9, 2H), 1.63 (t, J 5.8, 2H), 1.29 (s, 6H), 1.27 (s, 9H). δC (100MHz) 168.1, 139.6, 138.0, 129.0, 122.9, 119.7, 108.5, 56.2, 40.0, 38.5, 30.0, 29.4, 28.3. HRMS (ES): calc. for C18H26N2O [MH+], 286.2040. Found, 286.2042 [MH+]. UV λmax 308 nm, ε 34834 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 103 - Preparation of 1-(tert-butyl)-N,4,4-trimethyl-N-phenyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxamide, 180
  • A solution of 1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-N-phenyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxamide, 179 (0.1 g, 0.35 mmol) in DMF (10mL) was treated with sodium hydride (50% weight in mineral oil, 0.03 g, 0.70 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Iodomethane (0.03 mL, 0.52 mmol) was then added dropwise and the mixture stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was then diluted with water (30 mL), extracted into MTBE (2 x 30 mL) and the combined organics washed with water (20 mL), dried with magnesium sulfate and evaporated in-vacuo to give the crude material as a yellow oil which was purified by column chromatography over silica gel, eluting with 0-20% ethyl acetate : petroleum ether. Evaporation of the eluents gave the title compound as cream solid (0.09 g, 84%), m.pt. 83-84°C.
  • δH (400 MHz) 7.45 (d, J 7.5, 2H), 7.32 (s, 1H), 7.30-7.24 (m, 2H), 7.01-6.94 (m, 2H), 3.15 (t, J 5.9, 2H), 1.63 (t, J 5.8, 2H), 1.29 (s, 6H), 1.27 (s, 9H). δC (100 MHz) 172.7, 149.1, 141.8, 129.1, 126.2, 124.4, 55.6, 39.2, 38.2, 38.0, 30.2, 28.7, 28.0. HRMS (ES): calc. for C19H28N2O [MH+], 301.2274. Found, 301.2276 [MH+]. UV λmax 312 nm, ε 15174 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 104 - Preparation of N,N'-(hexane-1,6-diyl)bis(1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxamide), 181
  • A solution of 1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyridine, 148a (0.20 g, 1.19 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was treated dropwise with 1,6-diisocyanatohexane (0.10 mL, 0.60 mmol) at room temperature. The mixture was then stirred for 18 hours before and heating to 100°C for 30 minutes under microwave irradiation. The crude mixture was then treated with water (10 mL) and stirred for 30 minutes before separation of the organic phase. The aqueous layer was then extracted with CHCl3 (2 x 10 mL) and the combined organic layers dried with magnesium sulfate and evaporated in-vacuo to a yellow oil which was purified by column chromatography over silica gel, eluting with 0-100% ethyl acetate : petroleum ether. Evaporation of the eluents gave the title compound as white solid (0.02 g, 5%), m.pt. 191-193°C.
  • δH (400 MHz) 7.19 (s, 2H), 5.21 (br s, 2H), 3.25 (q, J 6.0, 4H), 3.07 (t, J 5.8, 4H), 1.67-1.28 (m, 12H), 1.22 (s, 18H), 1.20 (s, 12H). δC (100 MHz) 170.2, 136.9, 108.7, 55.8, 40.2, 39.4, 38.4, 30.2, 29.8, 29.7, 29.5, 28.3, 26.9. HRMS (ES): calc. for C30H55N4O2 [MH+], 503.4320. Found, 503.4323 [MH+]. UV λmax 289 nm, ε 31072 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 105 - Preparation of 1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-N-phenyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carbothioamide, 182
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-N-phenyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxamide, 179, with final purification by column chromatography over silica gel, eluting with 0-30% ethyl acetate : petroleum ether to give the title compound as a yellow solid in 59% yield. m.pt. 144-146°C.
  • δH (400 MHz) 8.50 (s, 1H), 7.96 (br s, 1H), 7.51 (d, J 8.7, 2H), 7.33 (t, J 8.3, 2H), 7.15 (t, J 8.5, 1H), 3.22 (t, J 7.7, 2H), 1.66 (t, J 7.5, 2H), 1.40 (s, 6H), 1.30 (s, 9H). δC (100 MHz) 194.6, 147.3, 140.7, 128.8, 124.9, 114.2, 57.9, 40.7, 38.7, 30.8, 29.1, 28.4. HRMS (ES): calc. for C18H26N2S [M+], 302.1811. Found, 302.1811 [M+]. UV λmax 363 nm, ε 20881 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 106 - Preparation of 1-(tert-butyl)-N-butyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxamide, 183
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of N,N'-(hexane-1,6-diyl)bis(1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxamide), 181, as a pale yellow solid in 7% yield. m.pt. 115-116°C.
  • δH (400 MHz) 7.19 (s, 1H), 5.17 (br s, 1H), 3.26 (q, J 6.0, 2H), 3.07 (t, J 5.8, 2H), 1.61-1.19 (m, 21H), 0.90 (t, J 7.3, 3H). δC (100 MHz) 170.2, 136.9, 108.7, 55.8, 40.2, 39.4, 38.4, 32.3, 29.7, 29.5, 28.2, 20.5, 14.0. HRMS (ES): calc. for C16H31N2O [MH+], 267.2436. Found, 267.2429 [MH+]. UV λmax 288 nm, ε 22531 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 107 - Preparation of N,N'-(4-methyl-1,3-phenylene)bis(1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxamide), 184
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-N-phenyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxamide, 179, with final purification by column chromatography over silica gel, eluting with 0-30% ethyl acetate : petroleum ether to give the title compound as a white solid in 84% yield. m.pt. 91-92°C.
  • δH (400 MHz) 7.83 (s, 1H), 7.57 (dd, J 2.3, 8.2, 1H), 7.39 (s, 1H), 7.21 (s, 1H), 7.05 (d, J 8.5, 1H), 6.98 (br s, 1H), 6.83 (br s, 1H), 3.17-3.11 (m, 4H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 1.61-1.59 (m, 4H), 1.32-1.23 (m, 30H). δC (100 MHz) 167.7, 167.6, 137.9, 137.6, 137.2, 136.7, 130.1, 120.6, 114.8, 112.0, 108.6, 107.9, 55.7, 55.6, 39.6, 39.5, 37.9, 29.5, 29.33, 28.85, 28.73, 27.8, 17.2. HRMS (ES): calc. for C31H48N4O2 [M+], 508.3772. Found, 508.3776 [M+]. UV λmax 308 nm, ε 59763 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 108 - Preparation of N,N'-(methylenebis(4,1-phenylene))bis(1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxamide), 185
  • A solution of 1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyridine, 148a (0.20 g, 1.20 mmol) in CHCl3 (10 mL) was treated with bis(4-isocyanatophenyl)methane (0.17 g, 0.68 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The resulting thick suspension was then evaporated in-vacuo and the white solid residue heated to reflux in ethyl acetate (50 mL), left to stand for 1 hour and filtered. The precipitate was then heated to reflux in CHCl3 (15 mL) and the resulting turbid solution treated with petroleum ether until a precipitate started to form. The mixture was then left to stand for 2 hours, after which time the precipitate was filtered and discarded (heavily enriched with monoacylated product). Evaporation of the liquors in-vacuo gave the title compound as a white solid in 40% yield. m.pt. 235°C.
  • δH (400 MHz) 7.35 (d, J 8.5, 4H), 7.29 (s, 2H), 7.07 (d, J 8.5, 4H), 6.92 (br s, 2H), 6.83 (br s, 1H), 3.85 (s, 2H), 3.14 (t, J 5.8, 4H), 1.61 (t, J 5.8, 4H), 1.29-1.24 (m, 30H). δC (100 MHz) 168.1, 137.8, 137.5, 136.1, 129.4, 119.9, 108.6, 56.2, 40.8, 40.0, 38.5, 30.0, 29.4, 28.3. HRMS (ES): calc. for C37H52N4O2 [M+], 584.4085. Found, 584.4089 [M+]. UV λmax 310 nm, ε 64589 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 109 - Preparation of 1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-N-tosyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxamide, 186
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-N-phenyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxamide, 179, with final purification by column chromatography over silica gel, eluting with 0-30% ethyl acetate : petroleum ether to give the title compound as a white solid in 94% yield. m.pt. 58-60°C.
  • δH (400 MHz) 7.88 (d, J 8.3, 2H), 7.69 (br s, 1H), 7.44 (s, 1H), 7.29-7.23 (m, 2H), 3.14 (t, J 5.8, 2H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 1.50 (t, J 5.8, 2H), 1.25 (s, 9H), 1.09 (s, 6H). δC (100 MHz) 164.8, 144.4, 142.8, 129.9, 129.4, 128.1, 104.9, 57.4, 53.6, 39.5, 38.7, 29.7, 28.4, 28.3, 21.8. HRMS (ES): calc. for C19H28N2O3S [M+], 364.1815. Found, 364.1816 [M+]. UV λmax 304 nm, ε 34588 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 110 - Preparation of N,N'-(1,4-phenylene)bis(1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl -1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxamide), 187
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-N-phenyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxamide, 179, to give the title compound as a white solid in 86% yield. m.pt. 324°C (dec).
  • δH (DMSO-d6, 400 MHz) 8.93 (br s, 2H), 7.40-7.22 (m, 4H), 7.03 (br s, 2H), 3.09 (br s, 2H), 1.50 (br s, 4H), 1.22 (s, 18H), 1.15 (s, 12H). δC (DMSO-d6, 100 MHz) 167.8, 137.6, 135.8, 135.5, 120.0, 108.9, 56.3, 38.4, 30.4, 29.1, 28.4. HRMS (ES): calc. for C30H46N4O2 [M+], 494.3615. Found, 494.3619 [M+]. UV λmax 322 nm, ε 71962 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 111 - Preparation of N,N'-(1,3-phenylene)bis(1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxamide), 188
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-N-phenyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxamide, 179, with final purification by column chromatography over silica gel, eluting with 0-30% ethyl acetate : petroleum ether to give the title compound as a white solid in 95% yield. m.pt. 194-196°C.
  • δH (400 MHz) 7.72 (s, 1H), 7.27 (s, 2H), 7.17 (s, 3H), 6.99 (s, 2H), 3.16-3.09 (m, 4H), 1.62-1.57 (m, 4H), 1.25 (s, 30H). δC (100 MHz) 168.2,140.1, 137.8, 129.3, 114.0, 110.5, 108.6, 56.2, 40.0, 38.5, 30.0, 29.3, 28.4. HRMS (ES): calc. for C30H47N4O2 [MH+], 495.3694. Found, 495.3690 [MH+]. UV λmax 313 nm, ε 55779 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 112 - Preparation of N-(3-isocyanato-4-methylphenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1-(p-tolyl)-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxamide, 189
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-N-phenyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxamide, 179, with final purification by column chromatography over silica gel, eluting with 0-10% ethyl acetate : petroleum ether to give the title compound as a white solid in 5% yield.
  • δH (400 MHz) 7.42 (s, 1H), 7.37 (s, 1H), 7.13-7.07 (m, 5H), 6.96-6.92 (m, 3H), 3.58 (t, J 5.8, 2H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 2.25 (s, 2H), 1.79 (t, J 5.8, 2H), 1.35 (s, 6H).
    • Example 113 - Preparation of 1-(tert-butyl)-N-(5-(4,4-dimethyl-1-(p-tolyl)-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxamido)-2-methylphenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxamide, 190
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-N-phenyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxamide, 179, with final purification by column chromatography over silica gel, eluting with 0-30% ethyl acetate : petroleum ether to give the title compound as a white solid in 64% yield.
  • δH (400 MHz) 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.60 (dd, J 2.2, 8.3, 1H), 7.41 (s, 1H), 7.33 (s, 1H),7.18 (s, 1H), 7.12-6.92 (m, 5H), 6.85 (s, 1H), 3.55 (t, J 5.9, 2H), 3.16 (t, J 5.8, 2H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 2.21 (s, 3H), 1.81 (t, J5.7, 2H), 1.61 (t, J 5.8, 2H), 1.36-1.24 (m, 21H). δC (100 MHz) 167.7, 143.7, 138.6, 134.8, 131.8, 130.7, 130.0, 121.5, 116.9, 115.3, 114.8, 112.6, 108.2, 56.3, 43.2, 40.1, 39.1, 38.5, 30.7, 29.9, 28.8, 28.3, 20.7, 17.8. HRMS (ES): calc. for C34H47N4O2 [MH+], 543.3694. Found, 543.3696 [MH+]. UV λmax 314 nm, ε 51743 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 114 - Preparation of N,N'-(1,4-phenylene)bis(1-(4-(tert-butyl)phenyl) -4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxamide), 191
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of N,N'-(hexane-1,6-diyl)bis(1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxamide), 181 as a sandy coloured solid in 23% yield. m.pt. 355°C (dec).
  • δH (DMSO-d6 , 400 MHz) 9.36 (s, 2H), 7.45 (br s, 4H), 7.39-7.12 (m, 10H), 3.53 (br t, J 5.6, 4H), 1.70 (br t, J 5.4, 4H), 1.29-1.19 (m, 31H). δC (DMSO-d6 , 100 MHz) 167.2, 144.4, 143.8, 135.5, 135.0, 126.5, 120.4, 116.4, 114.2, 49.1, 42.3, 34.3, 30.9, 29.0. HRMS (ES): calc. for C42H54N4O2 [M+], 646.4241. Found, 646.4241 [M+]. UV λmax 331 nm, ε 68095 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 115 - Preparation of 4,4-dimethyl-N-phenyl-1-(p-tolyl)-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxamide, 192
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-N-phenyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxamide, 179, with final purification by column chromatography over silica gel, eluting with 0-10% ethyl acetate : petroleum ether to give the title compound as a white solid in 56% yield. m.pt. 199-200°C.
  • δH (400 MHz) 7.48 (d, J 7.8, 2H), 7.40 (s, 1H), 7.29 (t, J 8.5, 2H),7.17-6.91 (m, 6H), 3.59 (t, J 5.6, 2H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 1.80 (t, J 5.7, 2H), 1.37 (s, 6H). δC (100 MHz) 167.7, 143.6, 139.1, 135.5, 132.1, 130.1, 129.1, 123.5, 120.0, 117.1, 114.5, 43.3, 39.1, 30.6, 28.8, 20.7. HRMS (ES): calc. for C21H25N2O [MH+], 321.1961. Found, 321.1961 [MH+]. UV λmax 323 nm, ε 33948 M-1cm-1.
    • Example 116 - Preparation of 1-(4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-N-phenyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxamide, 193
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1-(tert-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-N-phenyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxamide, 179, as a white solid in 36% yield. m.pt. 228°C.
  • δH (400 MHz) 7.47 (d, J 7.6, 2H), 7.41 (s, 1H), 7.36-7.26 (m, 5H), 7.08 (br s, 1H), 7.05-6.97 (m, 3H), 3.60 (t, J 5.7, 2H), 1.79 (t, J 5.7, 2H), 1.37 (s, 6H), 1.29 (s, 9H). δC (100 MHz) 167.6, 145.5, 143.4, 139.1, 135.3, 129.1, 126.4, 123.5, 119.9, 116.7, 114.7. HRMS (ES): calc. for C24H30N2O [M+], 362.2353. Found, 362.2364 [M+]. UV λmax 324 nm, ε 35759 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 117 - Preparation of 1-(1-(4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)-2,2,2-trifluoroethanone, 194
  • A solution of 1-(4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyridine, 148h (1.00g, 4.11 mmol) and triethylamine (0.69 mL, 4.93 mmol) in DCM (40 mL) was cooled on an ice bath and treated dropwise with trifluoroacetic anhydride (0.61 mL, 4.31 mmol). The mixture was then stirred for 1.5 hours. The mixture was then diluted with water (40 mL) and DCM (40 mL) and the organic phase separated, washed with sodium carbonate solution (10% w/w, 50 mL) and dried with magnesium sulfate. Evaporation in-vacuo gave the crude material as a yellow oil which was purified by column chromatography over silica gel, eluting with 0-5% ethyl acetate : petroleum ether. Evaporation of the eluents gave the title compound as cream solid (1.19 g, 85%), m.pt. 95°C.
  • δH (400 MHz) 7.80 (s, 1H), 7.42 (d, J 8.9, 2H), 7.05 (d, J 8.9, 2H), 3.67 (t, J 5.8, 2H), 1.81 (t, J 5.7, 2H), 1.34 (s, 6H), 1.30 (s, 9H). δC (100 MHz) 176.5, 148.6, 147.7, 147.6, 142.8, 126.8, 118.8, 114.0, 44.3, 38.9, 34.6, 31.5, 30.5, 27.3. HRMS (ES): calc. for C19H24NOF3 [MH+], 339.1805. Found, 339.1806 [MH+]. UV λmax 337 nm, ε 42723 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 118 - Preparation of 2,2,2-trifluoro-1-(1-(4-methoxyphenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)ethanone, 195
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1-(1-(4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5, 6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)-2,2,2-trifluoroethanone, 194, as a cream solid in 59% yield. m.pt. 64-65°C.
  • δH (400 MHz) 7.71 (s, 1H), 7.04 (d, J 9.1, 2H), 6.93 (d, J 9.0, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.65 (t, J 5.8, 2H), 1.81 (t, J5.7, 2H), 1.34 (s, 6H). δC (100 MHz) 175.6, 157.5, 148.2, 148.1, 139.0, 121.0, 115.0, 55.8, 44.8, 33.9, 30.4, 27.3. HRMS (ES): calc. for C16H19NO2F3 [MH+], 314.1362. Found, 314.1361 [MH+]. UV λmax 339 nm, ε 24235 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 119 - Preparation of 1-(1-(4-(dimethylamino)phenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)-2,2,2-trifluoroethanone, 196
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1-(1-(4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5, 6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)-2,2,2-trifluoroethanone, 194, as a yellow solid in 71 % yield. m.pt. 72-73°C.
  • δH (400 MHz) 7.70 (s, 1H), 7.02 (d, J 9.0, 2H), 6.77 (br s, 2H), 3.63 (t, J 5.7, 2H), 2.96 (s, 6H), 1.80 (t, J 5.7, 2H), 1.33 (s, 6H). δC (100 MHz) 176.8, 148.8, 148.4, 135.5, 121.0, 113.3, 112.7, 45.0, 40.9, 38.9, 30.4, 27.3. HRMS (ES): calc. for C17H21N2OF3 [M+], 326.1600. Found, 326.1602 [M+]. UV λmax 354 nm, ε 32744 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 120 - Preparation of 1-(4,4-dimethyl-1-(p-tolyl)-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)-2,2,2-trifluoroethanone, 197
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1-(1-(4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5, 6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)-2,2,2-trifluoroethanone, 194, as a pale yellow solid in 50% yield. m.pt. 105-106°C.
  • δH (400 MHz) 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.22 (d, J 8.6, 2H), 7.05 (d, J 8.7, 2H), 3.69 (t, J 5.7, 2H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 1.85 (t, J 5.7, 2H), 1.37 (s, 6H). δC (100 MHz) 176.4, 147.2, 142.5, 134.8, 129.9, 118.9, 113.4, 43.8, 38.3, 29.9, 26.7, 20.4. HRMS (ES): calc. for C16H18NOF3 [M+], 297.1335. Found, 297.1335 [M+]. UV λmax 337 nm, ε 43513 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 121 - Preparation of 1-(4,4-dimethyl-1-(naphthalen-1-yl)-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-yl)-2,2,2-trifluoroethanone, 198
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1-(1-(4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5, 6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)-2,2,2-trifluoroethanone, 194, as an off-white solid in 46% yield. m.pt. 113-114°C.
  • δH (400 MHz) 7.94-7.79 (m, 3H), 7.61 (s, 1H), 7.60-7.47 (m, 3H), 7.33 (d, J 8.4, 1H), 3.71 (t, J 5.7, 2H), 1.96 (br s, 2H), 1.44 (s, 6H). δC (100 MHz) 177.0, 151.7, 151.6, 142.6, 134.9, 129.0, 128.6, 127.6, 127.1, 125.8, 123.0, 122.2, 119.3, 116.4, 112.5, 47.4, 39.3, 30.6, 27.5. HRMS (ES): calc. for C19H19NOF3 [MH+], 334.1413. Found, 334.1409 [MH+]. UV λmax 325 nm, ε 32790 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 122 - Preparation of 1-(4,4-dimethyl-1-(p-tolyl)-1,4-dihydropyridin-3-yl)-2,2,2-trifluoroethanone, 199
  • Prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1-(1-(4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5, 6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)-2,2,2-trifluoroethanone, 194, as a yellow solid in 93% yield. m.pt. 90°C.
  • δH (400 MHz) 7.42 (s, 1H), 7.20 (d, J 9.1, 1H), 7.04 (d, J 8.9, 2H), 6.11 (d, J 8.1, 1H), 4.82 (d, J 8.1, 1H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 1.48 (s, 6H). δC (100 MHz) 178.2, 144.3, 141.1, 136.6, 130.6, 122.8, 121.3, ,120.5, 119.1, 118.9, 113.3, 32.9, 30.5, 30.3, 27.3, 21.0. HRMS (ES): calc. for C16H17NOF3 [MH+], 296.1257. Found, 296.1257 [MH+]. UV λmax 388 nm, ε 14911 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 123 - Preparation of 1-(5-(4,4-dimethylpyridin-1(4H)-yl)-1,3-dimethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-2,2,2-trifluoroethanone, 200 and 1-(1,3-dimethyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4-dihydropyridine, 152
  • 1-(5-(4,4-dimethylpyridin-1(4H)-yl)-1,3-dimethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-,2,2-trifluoroethanone, 200 was prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1-(1-(4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)-2,2,2-trifluoroethanone, 194, as a pale yellow solid in 39% yield.
  • δH (400 MHz) 5.90 (d, J 6.6, 2H), 5.77 (s, 1H), 4.56 (d, J 8.0, 2H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 2.25 (s, 3H), 1.13 (s, 6H). UV λmax 253 nm, ε 10016 M-1 cm-1.
  • Also isolated was 1-(1,3-dimethyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4-dihydropyridine, 152, as a cream solid in 22% yield.
  • δH (400 MHz) 5.74 (d, J 7.9, 2H), 4.63 (d, J 8.2, 2H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 1.16 (s, 6H). UV λmax 253 nm, ε 11371 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 124 - Preparation of 1-(1-(4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-yl)-2,2-diphenylethanone, 204
  • A solution of 2,2-diphenylacetic acid (0.23 g, 1.09 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) was treated with trifluoroacetic anhydride (0.14 mL, 0.99 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 20 minutes. The solution was then added dropwsise to a solution of 1-(4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyridine, 148h (0.12g, 0.49 mmol) and triethylamine (0.24 mL, 1.73 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) and the mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The mixture was then diluted with water (10 mL) and DCM (10 mL) and the organic phase separated, washed with sodium carbonate solution (10% w/w, 10 mL) and dried with magnesium sulfate. Evaporation in-vacuo gave the crude material as a yellow oil which was purified by column chromatography over silica gel, eluting with 0-5% ethyl acetate : petroleum ether. Evaporation of the eluents gave the title compound as a pale yellow gum (0.15 g, 70%).
  • δH (400 MHz) 7.76 (s, 1H), 7.32-7.18 (m, 12H), 6.78 (d, J 6.7, 2H), 5.57 (s, 1H), 3.54 (t, J 5.8, 2H), 1.70 (t, J 5.8, 2H), 1.32 (s, 6H), 1.30 (s, 9H). δC (100MHz) 194.4, 146.6, 143.7, 143.4, 141.4, 129.3, 128.6, 126.6, 126.5, 119.9, 117.6. HRMS (ES): calc. for C31H36NO [MH+], 438.2791. Found, 438.2792 [MH+]. UV λmax 337 nm, ε 17793 M-1 cm-1.
    • Example 125 - Preparation of (1-(4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)(9H-fluoren-9-yl)methanone, 205 and (1-(4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)(9H-fluoren-9-ylidene)methyl9H-fluorene-9-carboxylate, 206
  • (1-(4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)(9H-fluoren-9-yl)methanone, 205, was prepared according to the procedure above for the preparation of 1-(1-(4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-yl)-2,2-diphenylethanone, 204 , as a pale yellow gum in 15% yield.
  • δH (400 MHz) 7.79 (d, J 7.6, 2H), 7.53-7.21 (m, 7H), 7.17 (d, J 8.7, 2H), 6.42 (br s, 2H), 5.13 (s, 1H), 3.46 (t, J 5.8, 2H), 1.70 (t, J 5.8, 2H), 1.32 (s, 6H), 1.26 (s, 9H). δC (100 MHz) 194.0, 146.2, 144.9, 143.7, 142.7, 140.9, 127.7, 127.5, 126.1, 125.8, 124.9, 120.5, 116.7, 43.1, 39.3, 34.4, 31.5, 30.7, 27.9. HRMS (ES): calc. for C31H34NO [MH+], 436.2635. Found, 436.2635 [MH+]. UV λmax 339 nm, ε 30745 M-1 cm-1. Also isolated was (1-(4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)-4,4-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)(9H-fluoren-9-ylidene)methyl 9H-fluorene-9-carboxylate, 206 as a bright yellow solid in 48% yield. m. pt. 145°C.
  • δH (400 MHz) 8.08 (d, J 8.0, 2H), 7.93-6.91 (m, 19H), 5.14 (br s, 1H), 3.77-3.60 (m, 2H), 2.07-2.01 (m, 2H), 1.28 (s, 9H), 1.14 (s, 3H), 1.10 (s, 3H). δC (100 MHz) 168.3, 151.9, 144.5, 143.5, 141.7, 141.6, 140.0, 139.8, 139.6, 139.3, 138.2, 136.8, 136.3, 134.9, 129.3, 128.5, 1276, 127.5, 127.3, 127.2, 127.1, 126.7, 126.3, 126.2, 126.0, 125.1, 124.5, 123.7, 120.5, 120.2, 120.1, 199.7, 115.6, 110.0, 54.2, 43.0, 38.7, 34.2, 31.7, 31.5, 30.1, 27.6. HRMS (ES): calc. for C45H42NO2 [MH+], 628.3210. Found, 628.3214 [MH+]. UV λmax 407 nm, ε 6635 M-1 cm-1.
  • The use of the terms "a" and "an" and "the" and similar referents in the context of describing the invention (especially in the context of the following claims) are to be construed to cover both the singular and the plural, unless otherwise indicated herein or clearly contradicted by context. The terms "comprising," "having," "including," and "containing" are to be construed as open-ended terms (i.e., meaning "including, but not limited to,") unless otherwise noted. Recitation of ranges of values herein are merely intended to serve as a shorthand method of referring individually to each separate value falling within the range, unless otherwise indicated herein, and each separate value is incorporated into the specification as if it were individually recited herein. All methods described herein can be performed in any suitable order unless otherwise indicated herein or otherwise clearly contradicted by context. The use of any and all examples, or exemplary language (e.g., "such as") provided herein, is intended merely to better illuminate the invention and does not pose a limitation on the scope of the invention unless otherwise claimed. No language in the specification should be construed as indicating any non-claimed element as essential to the practice of the invention.
  • Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as would be commonly understood by those of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention belongs.
  • Preferred embodiments of this invention are described herein, including the best mode known to the inventors for carrying out the invention. Variations of those preferred embodiments may become apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art upon reading the foregoing description. It is expected that skilled artisans will employ such variations as appropriate and it is considered within the scope of the present invention for the invention to be practiced otherwise than as specifically described herein. Moreover, any combination of the above-described elements in all possible variations thereof is encompassed by the invention unless otherwise indicated herein or otherwise clearly contradicted by context.

Claims (10)

  1. A compound of formula I, or a salt thereof:
    Figure imgb0203
     wherein X is one carbon;
    R1 and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl and butyl;
    R4, R6, R18 and R19 are hydrogen;
    R3 is
    Figure imgb0204
     wherein W is oxygen, and R7 is selected from the group consisting of
    Figure imgb0205
    Figure imgb0206
    Figure imgb0207
    Figure imgb0208
    Figure imgb0209
    Figure imgb0210
    Figure imgb0211
    Figure imgb0212
    Figure imgb0213
    Figure imgb0214
    Figure imgb0215
    Figure imgb0216
    Figure imgb0217
    Figure imgb0218
    Figure imgb0219
    Figure imgb0220
    Figure imgb0221
    Figure imgb0222
    Figure imgb0223
     wherein * represents the carbon atom which is attached to the carbonyl carbon; and
    R5 is
    Figure imgb0224
  2. The compound of claim 1 wherein X is one carbon, R1 and R2 are methyl, ethyl or propyl;
    R3 is
    Figure imgb0225
     wherein W is oxygen and R7 is selected from the group consisting of
    Figure imgb0226
     ∗CH2-CH3,
    Figure imgb0227
    Figure imgb0228
     ∗CH=CH2,
    Figure imgb0229
    Figure imgb0230
    Figure imgb0231
    Figure imgb0232
     ∗CF3 ,
    Figure imgb0233
    Figure imgb0234
    Figure imgb0235
    Figure imgb0236
    Figure imgb0237
    Figure imgb0238
    Figure imgb0239
    Figure imgb0240
    Figure imgb0241
    Figure imgb0242
    Figure imgb0243
    Figure imgb0244
    Figure imgb0245
     wherein * represents the carbon atom which is attached to the carbonyl carbon; and
    R5 is tert-butyl.
  3. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
    Figure imgb0246
    Figure imgb0247
  4. A compound of the formula V, or a salt thereof:
    Figure imgb0248
     wherein,
    R3 is
    Figure imgb0249
     wherein W is oxygen and R7 is selected from the group consisting of C1 to C20 alkyl, C2 to C20 alkenyl, C2 to C20 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aroyl, C2 to C20 alkanone, C5 to C7 cycloalkyl, C4 to C7 cycloalkanone, C5 to C7 cycloalkenyl, C2 to C20 alkanoyl, C2 to C20 alkanoyloxy, C2 to C20 alkoxycarbonyl, C2 to C20 carbamoyl, C2 to C20 carboxyl, haloalkyl, N-alkyl, N-aryl, N-heterocyclyl, N-SO2-R20 and heterocyclic all of which groups may be substituted or unsubstituted and wherein R20 is selected from the group consisting of C1 to C6 alkyl and phenyl each of which may be substituted or unsubstituted; and
    R5 is aryl substituted or unsubstituted.
  5. The compound of claim 4, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
    Figure imgb0250
    Figure imgb0251
  6. A composition comprising a compound of any one of claim 1 to claim 5, or a salt thereof, and a suitable carrier.
  7. The composition of claim 6, wherein the composition is selected from the group consisting of a sunscreen composition, a coating composition and a glass or polymeric film-forming composition.
  8. Use of a compound of any one of claim 1 to claim 5, or a salt thereof, as a UV absorbing compound in the formation of a UV protective ophthalmic lens or UV protective coating for glass or plastic.
  9. A compound of any one of claim 1 to claim 5, or a salt thereof, for use in protecting a tissue from UV rays, optionally wherein the tissue is the skin of a mammal.
  10. A method of protecting a surface from UV rays including the step of applying a compound of any one of claim 1 to claim 5, or a salt thereof, to the surface, wherein the surface is selected from the group consisting of a surface of a fabric, clothing material, plastic, timber, masonry and glass.
EP14825938.5A 2013-07-15 2014-07-15 Uv absorbing compounds, compositions comprising same and uses thereof Active EP3022180B1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU2013902607A AU2013902607A0 (en) 2013-07-15 Uv absorbing compounds and compositions comprising same
AU2014902000A AU2014902000A0 (en) 2014-05-27 Uv absorbing compounds and compositions comprising same
PCT/AU2014/000721 WO2015006803A1 (en) 2013-07-15 2014-07-15 Uv absorbing compounds, compositions comprising same and uses thereof

Publications (3)

Publication Number Publication Date
EP3022180A1 EP3022180A1 (en) 2016-05-25
EP3022180A4 EP3022180A4 (en) 2017-05-10
EP3022180B1 true EP3022180B1 (en) 2022-02-23

Family

ID=52345608

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP14825938.5A Active EP3022180B1 (en) 2013-07-15 2014-07-15 Uv absorbing compounds, compositions comprising same and uses thereof

Country Status (12)

Country Link
US (1) US9920009B2 (en)
EP (1) EP3022180B1 (en)
JP (1) JP6879621B2 (en)
KR (1) KR20160032174A (en)
CN (1) CN105793239B (en)
AU (1) AU2014292799B2 (en)
BR (1) BR112016000844A8 (en)
CA (1) CA2918065C (en)
DK (1) DK3022180T3 (en)
HK (1) HK1221146A1 (en)
SG (1) SG11201600266VA (en)
WO (1) WO2015006803A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10519111B2 (en) 2013-07-15 2019-12-31 Coral Sunscreen Pty Ltd UV absorbing compounds, compositions comprising same and uses thereof
AU2016329044B2 (en) 2015-11-27 2021-06-03 Commonwealth Scientific And Industrial Research Organisation Photostable compounds, absorbing compounds and uses thereof
WO2017106930A1 (en) 2015-12-23 2017-06-29 Commonwealth Scientific And Industrial Research Organisation Compounds

Family Cites Families (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
AR206937A1 (en) * 1974-09-06 1976-08-31 Lilly Co Eli PROCEDURE FOR PREPARING 1-SUBSTITUTE-4-ALKYL-4-PHENYL-PIPERIDINE COMPOUNDS
NZ221849A (en) * 1986-09-26 1990-09-26 Ici Australia Operations Sunscreen compositions containing tetrahydropyridines
WO1988002251A1 (en) * 1986-09-26 1988-04-07 Ici Australia Operations Proprietary Limited Sunscreen compositions and compounds for use therein
GR900100129A (en) * 1989-02-23 1991-06-28 Ici Australia Operations Compositions and compounds absorbing ultra violet liqht
US5637718A (en) 1989-02-23 1997-06-10 Ici Australia Operations Proprietary Ltd. UV-absorbing compounds
GB9403451D0 (en) 1994-02-23 1994-04-13 Ciba Geigy Ag Sunscreen compositions
AU3356697A (en) 1996-07-17 1998-02-09 Peretz Rosenberg Drip irrigation emitter construction
US7476679B2 (en) * 2005-07-26 2009-01-13 Research Triangle Institute Octahydroisoquinoline compounds as opioid receptor modulators
EP2925724A4 (en) * 2012-11-27 2016-06-15 Coral Sunscreen Pty Ltd Synthesis of uv absorbing compounds

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20160032174A (en) 2016-03-23
AU2014292799B2 (en) 2017-03-30
EP3022180A1 (en) 2016-05-25
US20160244409A1 (en) 2016-08-25
BR112016000844A8 (en) 2020-01-07
CA2918065C (en) 2021-09-14
DK3022180T3 (en) 2022-05-23
CA2918065A1 (en) 2015-01-22
AU2014292799A1 (en) 2016-02-04
CN105793239A (en) 2016-07-20
US9920009B2 (en) 2018-03-20
BR112016000844A2 (en) 2017-07-25
CN105793239B (en) 2019-11-05
JP2016526575A (en) 2016-09-05
EP3022180A4 (en) 2017-05-10
HK1221146A1 (en) 2017-05-26
JP6879621B2 (en) 2021-06-02
WO2015006803A1 (en) 2015-01-22
SG11201600266VA (en) 2016-02-26

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP2855441B1 (en) Imino compounds as protecting agents against ultraviolet radiations
US5744127A (en) Derivatives of benzoxazole useful as UV filters
EP2516399B1 (en) Phenolic derivatives and pharmaceutical or cosmetic use thereof
BRPI0620221B1 (en) merocyanine derivative, its use and cosmetic preparation
MX2008000567A (en) New derivatives of heptaazaphenalene, methods for obtaining them, and their use as protecting agents against uv radiation.
EP3022180B1 (en) Uv absorbing compounds, compositions comprising same and uses thereof
JPH11279040A (en) Composition for external use for skin
FR2717808A1 (en) Cosmetic sunscreen compsns. contg. UV-A filters
EP3204355B1 (en) Photostable compounds, absorbing compounds and uses thereof
DE60019959T2 (en) USE OF BENZOTRIAZOLS AS UV ABSORBERS
US20020085981A1 (en) Benzoxazole derivatives for use in cosmetic compositions and for stabilizing synthetic polymers
DE3788568T2 (en) SUN PROTECTION PREPARATIONS AND CONNECTIONS THEREOF.
JPH04134041A (en) P-xylidene ketone derivative, ultraviolet absorber containing said derivative and cosmetic containing said absorber
US10519111B2 (en) UV absorbing compounds, compositions comprising same and uses thereof
US5081308A (en) Ultraviolet radiation absorbing compositions of bis-1,3-diketone derivatives of cyclohexane
DE69015270T2 (en) Cyclic vinylogous N-hydroxy-N-methylureas usable as 5-lipoygenase inhibitors.
JP5588676B2 (en) Use of an aminophenylbenzotriazole derivative for protecting human or animal skin or hair from the adverse effects of ultraviolet rays and cosmetic compositions thereof.
KR101684671B1 (en) A novel quinoxaline compound for ultraviolet absorbers
CN110483258B (en) Diaryl derivative compound and skin whitening composition containing the same
DE3843325C2 (en) Unsaturated 3-benzylidene-camphor derivatives, processes for their preparation, cosmetic products containing these compounds and processes for protecting the skin and for protecting a cosmetic product
AU692956B2 (en) Benzoxazole derivatives, the use thereof as sunscreens and cosmetic compositions containing them

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
PUAI Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012

17P Request for examination filed

Effective date: 20160205

AK Designated contracting states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AL AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC MK MT NL NO PL PT RO RS SE SI SK SM TR

AX Request for extension of the european patent

Extension state: BA ME

DAX Request for extension of the european patent (deleted)
RIC1 Information provided on ipc code assigned before grant

Ipc: C07D 233/04 20060101ALI20170131BHEP

Ipc: C07D 211/72 20060101ALI20170131BHEP

Ipc: C07F 7/21 20060101ALI20170131BHEP

Ipc: C07D 211/82 20060101ALI20170131BHEP

Ipc: C07D 213/22 20060101ALI20170131BHEP

Ipc: C07D 211/78 20060101ALI20170131BHEP

Ipc: C09D 5/32 20060101ALI20170131BHEP

Ipc: A61K 8/41 20060101ALI20170131BHEP

Ipc: A61K 8/42 20060101ALI20170131BHEP

Ipc: A61K 8/40 20060101ALI20170131BHEP

Ipc: C07D 231/38 20060101ALI20170131BHEP

Ipc: C07D 211/70 20060101AFI20170131BHEP

Ipc: C08K 5/16 20060101ALI20170131BHEP

Ipc: C08K 5/54 20060101ALI20170131BHEP

A4 Supplementary search report drawn up and despatched

Effective date: 20170407

RIC1 Information provided on ipc code assigned before grant

Ipc: A61K 8/42 20060101ALI20170403BHEP

Ipc: C07D 211/82 20060101ALI20170403BHEP

Ipc: C08K 5/54 20060101ALI20170403BHEP

Ipc: C09D 5/32 20060101ALI20170403BHEP

Ipc: C07D 211/78 20060101ALI20170403BHEP

Ipc: C07D 213/22 20060101ALI20170403BHEP

Ipc: C07F 7/21 20060101ALI20170403BHEP

Ipc: A61K 8/40 20060101ALI20170403BHEP

Ipc: C08K 5/16 20060101ALI20170403BHEP

Ipc: C07D 211/72 20060101ALI20170403BHEP

Ipc: A61K 8/41 20060101ALI20170403BHEP

Ipc: C07D 231/38 20060101ALI20170403BHEP

Ipc: C07D 211/70 20060101AFI20170403BHEP

Ipc: C07D 233/04 20060101ALI20170403BHEP

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: HK

Ref legal event code: DE

Ref document number: 1221146

Country of ref document: HK

RIN1 Information on inventor provided before grant (corrected)

Inventor name: SAVAGE, GREGORY PAUL

Inventor name: MEYER, ADAM GERHARD

Inventor name: JARVIS, KAREN

Inventor name: YORK, MARK

Inventor name: RYAN, JOHN

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: EXAMINATION IS IN PROGRESS

17Q First examination report despatched

Effective date: 20181213

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: EXAMINATION IS IN PROGRESS

GRAP Despatch of communication of intention to grant a patent

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOSNIGR1

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: GRANT OF PATENT IS INTENDED

INTG Intention to grant announced

Effective date: 20210315

GRAS Grant fee paid

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOSNIGR3

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: GRANT OF PATENT IS INTENDED

GRAA (expected) grant

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009210

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: THE PATENT HAS BEEN GRANTED

AK Designated contracting states

Kind code of ref document: B1

Designated state(s): AL AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC MK MT NL NO PL PT RO RS SE SI SK SM TR

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: GB

Ref legal event code: FG4D

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: CH

Ref legal event code: EP

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: AT

Ref legal event code: REF

Ref document number: 1470364

Country of ref document: AT

Kind code of ref document: T

Effective date: 20220315

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: IE

Ref legal event code: FG4D

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: R096

Ref document number: 602014082605

Country of ref document: DE

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: DK

Ref legal event code: T3

Effective date: 20220518

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: FI

Ref legal event code: FGE

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: SE

Ref legal event code: TRGR

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: NL

Ref legal event code: FP

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: LT

Ref legal event code: MG9D

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: AT

Ref legal event code: MK05

Ref document number: 1470364

Country of ref document: AT

Kind code of ref document: T

Effective date: 20220223

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: RS

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20220223

Ref country code: PT

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20220623

Ref country code: NO

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20220523

Ref country code: LT

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20220223

Ref country code: HR

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20220223

Ref country code: ES

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20220223

Ref country code: BG

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20220523

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: PL

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20220223

Ref country code: LV

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20220223

Ref country code: GR

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20220524

Ref country code: AT

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20220223

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: IS

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20220623

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: SM

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20220223

Ref country code: SK

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20220223

Ref country code: RO

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20220223

Ref country code: EE

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20220223

Ref country code: CZ

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20220223

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: R097

Ref document number: 602014082605

Country of ref document: DE

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: AL

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20220223

PLBE No opposition filed within time limit

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009261

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: NO OPPOSITION FILED WITHIN TIME LIMIT

26N No opposition filed

Effective date: 20221124

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: DK

Ref legal event code: EBP

Effective date: 20220731

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: SI

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20220223

Ref country code: MC

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20220223

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: SE

Ref legal event code: EUG

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: NL

Ref legal event code: MM

Effective date: 20220801

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: BE

Ref legal event code: MM

Effective date: 20220731

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: SE

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20220716

Ref country code: LU

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20220715

Ref country code: FI

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20220715

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: BE

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20220731

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: NL

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20220801

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: IT

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20220715

Ref country code: IE

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20220715

Ref country code: DK

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20220731

PGFP Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: CH

Payment date: 20230801

Year of fee payment: 10

PGFP Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: FR

Payment date: 20230710

Year of fee payment: 10

Ref country code: DE

Payment date: 20230712

Year of fee payment: 10

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: HU

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT; INVALID AB INITIO

Effective date: 20140715

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: MK

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20220223

Ref country code: CY

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20220223

PGFP Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: GB

Payment date: 20240627

Year of fee payment: 11